{"title":"Off-Road Accessories","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"carbon-offroad-extreme-duty-scout-pro-20000lb-winch-only","title":"Carbon Offroad Extreme Duty Scout Pro 20000lb Winch Only","description":"\u003ch1\u003eCarbon Offroad Extreme Duty Scout Pro 20000lb Winch Only\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Carbon Offroad Scout Pro 20K is an extreme-duty 12V electric recovery winch engineered for the most demanding off-road and heavy-vehicle applications. Rated at 20,000lb (9,072kg) of pulling capacity, it's purpose-built for oversized trailers, expedition trucks, and heavily loaded 4WDs that need serious, dependable power when recovery situations turn critical. At its core is a 7HP series-wound motor paired with a 354:1 gear ratio, delivering the torque and control needed to haul through mud, sand, rock, or steep terrain without hesitation.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built to withstand the harshest conditions, the Scout Pro 20K carries an IP68 rating - fully sealed against dust and water intrusion. The rotating ring gear clutch allows quick transitions between freespool and engaged modes, while the automatic load-holding brake prevents dangerous rollback and motor overheating during sustained pulls. This is a winch only listing, giving you the flexibility to pair it with the mounting hardware, fairlead, and accessories that fit your specific rig.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20,000lb (9,072kg) Rated Pull:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum capacity for extreme recoveries involving heavily loaded trucks, trailers, and expedition rigs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7HP Series-Wound Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-torque motor delivers consistent, powerful pulling performance under heavy loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e354:1 Gear Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized gearing for controlled, confident winching in demanding recovery scenarios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e82ft (25m) Synthetic Rope:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and strong synthetic line - safer and easier to handle than steel cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP68 Rated:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully sealed against dust and water for reliable operation in rain, river crossings, and muddy terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotating Ring Gear Clutch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enables fast, easy switching between freespool and engaged modes in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Load-Holding Brake:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents load rollback and protects the motor from overheating during sustained pulls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWired + Wireless Remotes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual remote options for flexible, safe operation from a distance or inside the cab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for standard 12V vehicle electrical systems used in most trucks and 4WDs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir Freespool Upgrade Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be upgraded with the Carbon Offroad Air Freespool Clutch Upgrade designed for Scout Pro winches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarbon Offroad Scout Pro 20,000lb Winch (12V)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e82ft (25m) Synthetic Rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWired Remote\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWireless Remote\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a winch-only listing. Fairlead, hook, mounting hardware, isolator switch, and wiring accessories are not included and are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Carbon Offroad Scout Pro 20K is trusted by serious off-road enthusiasts and heavy-vehicle operators who can't afford to be let down when recovery conditions get brutal. Its IP68-sealed construction means it's ready for river crossings, deep mud, and extended expeditions without skipping a beat. The combination of a 7HP series-wound motor and 354:1 gearing means you're getting raw, controlled pulling power that stands up to real-world loads - not just spec sheet numbers. The automatic load-holding brake and rotating ring gear clutch reflect the kind of engineering detail that experienced off-roaders recognize and rely on.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Choosing the winch-only configuration gives you the freedom to build out your recovery setup exactly the way you want, pairing it with the fairlead, hook, and mounting solution that best suits your bumper and rig. For expedition truckers, overland adventurers, and anyone who hauls heavy and recovers hard, the Scout Pro 20K is a winch built to earn its place on the front of your rig for years to come.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Pull Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20,000lb (9,072kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7HP Series-Wound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGear Ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e354:1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRope Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82ft (25m) Synthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIP Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP68 (fully sealed against dust and water)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWinch Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.8in x 7.6in x 8.8in (579mm x 192mm x 224mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrum Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.46in x 8.82in (88mm x 224mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Bolt Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10in x 4.5in (254mm x 114.3mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWired + Wireless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClutch Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotating Ring Gear Clutch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrake Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic Load-Holding Brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCW-XD20WO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this listing include a fairlead, hook, or mounting hardware?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - this is a winch-only listing. The fairlead, hook, mounting hardware, isolator switch, and wiring accessories are all sold separately. This gives you the flexibility to choose the components that best match your specific bumper and recovery setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat vehicles is the Scout Pro 20K suitable for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Scout Pro 20K is designed for heavy-duty 12V vehicles including oversized trailers, expedition trucks, and large 4WDs. Its 20,000lb rated pull makes it ideal for any application where serious recovery power is required - from heavily loaded work vehicles to extreme off-road rigs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between this winch-only listing and the full Scout Pro 20K kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe winch-only listing includes the Scout Pro 20K winch unit and synthetic rope, without the fairlead, hook, mounting hardware, or wiring accessories. The full kit bundles those additional components together. If you already have compatible accessories or prefer to source your own, the winch-only option is a cost-effective choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this winch be upgraded with an air freespool clutch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Scout Pro 20K is compatible with the Carbon Offroad Air Freespool Clutch Upgrade, which is specifically designed for use with Carbon Offroad 12K and Scout Pro winches. This upgrade allows for hands-free freespooling, which can be a significant advantage during solo recoveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs synthetic rope better than steel cable for a recovery winch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eFor most off-road recovery applications, synthetic rope is the preferred choice. It is significantly lighter than steel cable, safer to handle (it doesn't store dangerous energy if it snaps), and easier to repack on the drum. The Scout Pro 20K comes supplied with 82ft of synthetic rope as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does IP68 rating mean for this winch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIP68 is the highest standard of ingress protection, meaning the winch is fully sealed against dust and can withstand continuous immersion in water. For off-road use involving river crossings, heavy rain, or deep mud, this rating ensures the winch electronics and motor remain protected and operational.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Carbon Offroad USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55326415454513,"sku":"CW-XD20WO","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DSC08290.jpg?v=1784307905"},{"product_id":"large-marshin-whips-display","title":"Large Marshin Whips Display","description":"\u003ch1\u003eLarge Marshin Whips Display\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Large Marshin Whips Display is a fully equipped, showroom-ready retail or dealer display designed to showcase the full power and visual impact of Marshin Whips' premium LED off-road lighting lineup. Bright, bold, and built to impress, this display puts the entire Marshin Whips collection front and center - letting customers see, interact with, and experience the lights firsthand before buying. Every display comes loaded with the whips and accessories shown, along with interactive control buttons that let you demonstrate each individual light independently.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Purpose-built for dealers, retailers, and off-road shops that want to move product and generate excitement on the floor, this display is a serious investment in your sales setup. If you have specific layout or configuration preferences, custom display options are available upon special request to match your space and product mix.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInteractive Control Buttons:\u003c\/strong\u003e Individually control each light on the display - giving customers a hands-on experience with the full Marshin Whips lineup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully Equipped Out of the Box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes loaded with everything shown on the display - no hunting for extra parts or accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarshin Whips LED Whip Lights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Showcases the brand's high-output, high-density LED whip lights including blackout and color series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStylish, High-Impact Visual Presence:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to be eye-catching and bold - a real conversation starter on any showroom or retail floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Configuration Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Special request options allow for tailored display setups to match specific dealer preferences or available inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican-Assembled Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marshin Whips products featured on the display are engineered and assembled in Phoenix, Arizona, with corrosion-resistant, over-built components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUTV, ATV, and Sand Rail Focus:\u003c\/strong\u003e Highlights products built for side-by-sides, quads, sand rails, and heavy-duty off-road trucks - appealing directly to the off-road enthusiast market.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-Play Wiring Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The whips on display represent Marshin Whips' true plug-and-play product ecosystem, making the sales conversation straightforward and compelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge Marshin Whips retail display unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll whips and accessories shown on the display\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInteractive control buttons for individual light control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  For dealers and retailers who carry Marshin Whips, this Large Display is the single most effective tool for driving sales and building brand awareness on the floor. Customers who can see, touch, and interact with a live lighting display are far more likely to buy - and this unit delivers exactly that experience. Assembled with genuine Marshin Whips components engineered in Phoenix, Arizona, the display itself is a testament to the build quality your customers are investing in. It's a proven way to differentiate your shop from competitors and position yourself as the go-to destination for premium UTV and off-road lighting in your area. With custom configuration options available on request, you can tailor the display to fit your space and best-selling products.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat whips and products come on the Large Marshin Whips Display?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Large Marshin Whips Display comes fully equipped with everything shown on the display. The exact configuration may vary, but it includes a selection of Marshin Whips LED whip lights and accessories. If you have specific product preferences or need a custom configuration, Marshin Whips can accommodate special requests - just reach out before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I customize what products are shown on the display?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - various display options and configurations can be made available upon special request. If you have specific preferences for which whips or accessories are featured, contact us to discuss a custom setup that fits your store's inventory and customer base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does the interactive button system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe display includes interactive buttons that allow you or your customers to control each individual light independently. This lets shoppers experience the different color modes, brightness levels, and effects of each whip firsthand - making it an incredibly effective sales and demonstration tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this display intended for dealers and retailers, or can individuals purchase it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis display is primarily designed for dealers, retailers, and off-road shops looking to showcase the Marshin Whips product lineup in a professional setting. However, it can also be a great fit for enthusiasts who want a show-stopping setup at events, expos, or in their garage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow is the display shipped, and is assembly required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDue to the size and value of this display, shipping details and logistics are best confirmed at checkout or by contacting us directly. Assembly requirements will depend on the final configuration - reach out if you have specific questions about setup before your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Marshin Whips","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55582731632945,"sku":"MW-VNDR-DISP-LG","price":2625.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/displayphoto1.jpg?v=1785776251"},{"product_id":"marshin-whips-4ft-chasing-led-whip-and-16-piece-rock-light-combo-kit","title":"Marshin Whips 4FT Chasing LED Whip and 16 Piece Rock Light Combo Kit","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMarshin Whips 4FT Chasing LED Whip and 16 Piece Rock Light Combo Kit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Marshin Whips 4FT Chasing LED Whip and 16 Piece Rock Light Combo Kit is the ultimate all-in-one illumination upgrade for UTV, side-by-side, and sand rail riders who refuse to compromise on visibility or style. This heavy-hitting package pairs a set of 4-foot RGBW chasing LED whips with a full 16-piece rock light underglow system, delivering synchronized 360-degree light coverage from the tip of your whips down to the ground beneath your chassis. Built and hand-assembled in Phoenix, Arizona, every component in this kit is engineered to work in total harmony - no mismatched connectors, no voltage drops, no guesswork.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nControl the entire system through a single plug-and-play RGB harness, operated via RF remote or smartphone Bluetooth app, giving you instant access to millions of color combinations, chasing animations, and strobe patterns on the fly. Whether you're cutting through thick dune dust, crawling technical rock lines at night, or simply demanding respect at the staging area, this combo kit delivers the kind of presence and safety that serious off-roaders depend on.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4FT RGBW Chasing LED Whip Pair:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-output whips built on an ultra-durable structural rod platform that eliminates dangerous whip-crack recoil during high-velocity dune transitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16-Piece Rock Light Underglow System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two complete X2 8-piece rock light sets with high-density aluminum pods that flood wheel wells, suspension components, and ground obstacles with intense multi-color light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue RGBW Color Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlock millions of customizable color hues, fluid chasing animations, and strobe patterns - or switch to pure functional white for technical crawl lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarshin Sync Architecture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Proprietary sync system ensures your 4-foot whips and 16-piece rock light pods run in absolute visual harmony across all modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-Play Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-fused, weather-sealed RGB control harness snaps directly into your accessory block - zero wire cutting or custom splicing required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRF Remote and Bluetooth App Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manage and synchronize your entire lighting array through a single clean system using an included RF remote or your smartphone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP68 Weatherproof Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully sealed against fine desert sand, thick mud, high-pressure hose cleanups, and brutal trail vibration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC-Machined Quick Release Bases:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-tensile locking mounts allow tool-free whip detachment for fast loading into toy haulers and trailers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-Assembled in Phoenix, Arizona:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every kit is built and tested at the Marshin Whips facility - commercial-grade quality control on every unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360-Degree Visibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combined whip height and ground-level rock lighting ensures your rig is visible to trailing riders and oncoming traffic over blind crests and in dense dust clouds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2x 4FT RGBW Chasing LED Whips (sold as a pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16x Rock Light Pods (2 sets of X2 8-piece rock light systems)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty RGB control wiring harness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCNC-machined quick release mounting bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRF remote controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBluetooth app connectivity support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nOff-roaders who have run Marshin Whips setups know the difference between a lighting kit that looks good in the parking lot and one that performs when things get serious - and this combo delivers both. The Marshin Sync Architecture means your whips and underglow never fall out of step, giving your rig a cohesive, professional look that stands out on any trail or dune. Hand-assembled and punishingly tested in Phoenix, Arizona, this kit is built to handle the relentless demands of Southwest desert riding, from deep wash silt to rocky high-clearance crawls. The true plug-and-play harness means you spend less time in the garage and more time on the trail, with a clean install that protects your vehicle's electrical system. For riders who take night runs, group events, or dune safety seriously, this is the complete lighting solution that checks every box without requiring you to piece together parts from multiple brands.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many rock lights are included in this combo kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis kit includes a full 16-piece rock light underglow system, made up of two complete X2 8-piece rock light sets. The pods are designed to cover wheel wells, suspension components, and the ground around your vehicle for full under-chassis illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I control the whips and rock lights together as one system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - that's one of the core advantages of this combo kit. Marshin Sync Architecture synchronizes your 4FT whips and all 16 rock light pods through a single RGB control harness, operable via the included RF remote or your smartphone Bluetooth app. All zones run in visual harmony across every color mode and animation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this kit truly plug-and-play, or does it require custom wiring?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIt is a true plug-and-play system. The included pre-fused, weather-sealed wiring harness is designed to snap directly into your vehicle's accessory block with zero wire cutting, splicing, or custom fabrication required. It's engineered so that all electrical pin-outs, wire gauges, and relay amperages are fully matched to each other right out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these lights waterproof and dustproof for off-road use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The entire kit carries IP68-rated weatherproof protection, meaning it is fully sealed against fine desert sand, deep mud, water submersion, and high-pressure hose cleanups. The components are also vibration-isolated to handle the punishment of aggressive trail riding and washboard terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat colors and lighting modes are available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe RGBW system gives you access to millions of customizable color combinations. You can run solid colors, fluid chasing animations, strobe patterns, or switch to a high-output pure white mode for navigating technical crawl sections. All modes are controllable in real time via RF remote or the Bluetooth smartphone app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the whip bases compatible with standard UTV roll cage mounts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit comes with CNC-machined quick release bases designed for tool-free whip attachment and detachment. These are built for UTV and side-by-side applications. If you have questions about fitment for a specific vehicle, contact Marshin Whips directly at (602) 618-4968 or marshinwhips@gmail.com.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Marshin Whips","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55582731665713,"sku":"sku-46619729625276","price":849.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/RGBW_and_Rock_light_Kit.png?v=1785776251"},{"product_id":"small-marshin-whips-display","title":"Small Marshin Whips Display","description":"\u003ch1\u003eSmall Marshin Whips Display\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Small Marshin Whips Display is a ready-to-showcase retail display featuring a curated selection of Marshin Whips' flagship LED off-road whip lights - perfect for shops, dealerships, or event booths looking to put the brand's best products front and center. Assembled in Phoenix, Arizona, Marshin Whips is deeply rooted in Southwest off-road culture, building every product to an over-built industrial standard that handles extreme vibration, desert silt, and high-speed wind drag without compromise.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  This compact display gives customers a hands-on look at the full range of performance and style Marshin Whips delivers, from the stealthy Blackout series to the bold, full-featured Big Moe. Whether you're a retailer stocking up or an enthusiast setting up a showroom corner, this display brings the Marshin Whips lineup to life in a powerful, attention-grabbing format.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree Blackout Whips Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features three V2 Black Out LED whips - the ultimate stealth off-road lighting option for serious UTV and ATV riders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne Big Moe Whip Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Showcases the Big Moe, Marshin Whips' bold, high-output RGB whip known for its aggressive trail presence and maximum visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlternate Stock Option:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the Big Moe is unavailable, the display ships with a standard V2 RGB whip to ensure a complete, ready-to-display unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican-Engineered:\u003c\/strong\u003e All Marshin Whips products are precision-assembled in Phoenix, Arizona, built to over-built industrial standards for extreme off-road conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Output LED Technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-bright, high-density LED arrays engineered to cut through trail dust, smoke, and pitch-black desert nights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtreme Terrain Flex Architecture:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-impact polycarbonate housing protects internal circuitry from rock roost, branches, and severe high-velocity bends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Hex Magnetic Mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Proprietary heavy-duty mechanical locking base system for lightning-fast setup and a rattle-free, secure fit under heavy impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Sealed Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-corrosive treatments shield hardware from desert silt, mud, and high-pressure power washer spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-Play Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-connect wiring snaps directly into existing rocker switches, 12V power systems, or multi-zone controllers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUTV, ATV, Sand Rail Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for side-by-sides, sand rails, quads, and heavy-duty trucks - universal compatibility with standard roll cages and bumper tabs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3x Blackout LED Whips (or standard V2 RGB whips if Blackout stock is unavailable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1x Big Moe LED Whip (or standard V2 RGB whip if Big Moe stock is unavailable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Marshin Whips has built a reputation among the most demanding off-road riders in the Southwest, and this Small Display lets you put that reputation on full display - literally. Every whip in this set is engineered to the same over-built standard that UTV riders trust at Glamis, on desert trails, and through technical rocky terrain. The combination of the stealthy Blackout series and the show-stopping Big Moe gives viewers a true sense of the brand's range, from performance-first function to bold visual presence. Assembled in Phoenix, Arizona with American-engineered precision, these aren't generic commercial products - they're purpose-built off-road lighting that lasts season after season. For retailers, dealerships, or any off-road enthusiast wanting to showcase the best in LED whip technology, this display is a plug-and-play solution that speaks for itself.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat whips are included in the Small Marshin Whips Display?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Small Marshin Whips Display includes three Blackout LED whips and one Big Moe LED whip. If either item is out of stock at the time of your order, a standard V2 RGB whip will be substituted to ensure a complete display is delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this display intended for retail stores or personal use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe display is designed primarily for retailers, dealerships, and event booths that want to showcase the Marshin Whips lineup in an engaging, hands-on format. That said, off-road enthusiasts who want a curated set of Marshin Whips products can also benefit from this package as a great way to sample the brand's top offerings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Small and Large Marshin Whips Display?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Small Display includes three Blackout whips and one Big Moe whip, making it a compact, focused showcase of the Marshin Whips lineup. The Large Display is a more expansive setup that includes a wider variety of products and interactive buttons, ideal for higher-traffic retail environments or larger showroom spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the whips in the display compatible with my UTV or ATV?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - Marshin Whips products are built for universal compatibility with standard UTV roll cages, bumper tabs, and quick-release lighting bases across popular side-by-sides, sand rails, quads, and heavy-duty trucks. The plug-and-play wiring integrates directly with existing 12V power systems, rocker switches, or multi-zone controllers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhere are Marshin Whips products made?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAll Marshin Whips products are precision-engineered and assembled in Phoenix, Arizona. They are purpose-built for the punishing conditions of Southwest off-road terrain, including extreme vibration, desert silt, flying rock roost, and severe climate transitions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Marshin Whips","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55582731764017,"sku":"MW-VNDR-DISP-SM","price":1575.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/smalldisplay.jpg?v=1785776256"},{"product_id":"can-am-maverick-x3-lighting-kit","title":"5150 Whips Can-Am Maverick X3 Lighting Kit","description":"\u003ch1\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 Lighting Kit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The 5150 Whips 187 Lighting Kit is the ultimate all-in-one LED lighting solution built specifically for the Can-Am Maverick X3. Engineered from the ground up with brighter LEDs, cleaner hardware, and a patent-pending magnetic quick-release base, this kit delivers show-level performance on the dunes, trails, and night rides. Every component in the 187 ecosystem is fully synchronized and controlled through the 5150 App, letting you dial in colors, patterns, chase modes, and even music-reactive lighting from your phone.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  By bundling the 4 ft 187 LED Whips, 4-Pod Rock Light Kit, and 187 Can-Am X3 Eyebrows into a single package, 5150 makes it easy to transform your X3 with one purchase - and saves you 5% compared to buying each piece individually. Whether you're building for competition, safety visibility, or pure show-stopping style, this is the most complete and cohesive lighting upgrade available for the Maverick X3.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete 187 Ecosystem:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes whips, rock lights, and eyebrows - everything matched and synchronized out of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 ft 187 LED Whips (Pair):\u003c\/strong\u003e Hyper-bright output that outshines and outlasts competing whips, guaranteed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-Pod 187 Rock Light Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated rock lights designed to work seamlessly within the 187 lighting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e187 Can-Am X3 Eyebrows:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vehicle-specific LED eyebrow accents designed to fit the Maverick X3 precisely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic Quick-Release Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patent-pending design lets you install or remove whips in 1-2 seconds without any tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5150 App Control (Bluetooth):\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully programmable colors, patterns, chase modes, cascading effects, and rainbow sequences from your phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMusic\/Sound-Reactive Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in sound-reactive lighting modes activated directly through the 5150 App.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent 3x3 Waterproof Controller:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps both whips perfectly synchronized and houses all 187 logic in a weather-sealed unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5150 backs every component for the full usable life of the product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBundle Savings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Save 5% versus purchasing the whips, rock lights, and eyebrows separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair of 4 ft 187 LED Whips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4-Pod 187 Rock Light Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e187 Can-Am X3 Eyebrows\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll required controllers and wiring for the 187 ecosystem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The 5150 187 Lighting Kit is trusted by serious off-road enthusiasts who demand reliability, visibility, and visual impact on every ride. Every component is purpose-built for the Can-Am Maverick X3 - no guesswork, no mismatched parts, no compromise. The patent-pending magnetic quick-release base means setup and teardown take seconds, so you spend more time riding and less time wrenching. With a lifetime warranty backing the entire kit, you can push your machine hard knowing 5150 stands behind their product for the long haul. From dark desert dunes to show floors, the synchronized 187 ecosystem makes your X3 impossible to miss.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5150 Whips Inc.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWH-LK1874P-R1-4-03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhip Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 ft (pair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRock Lights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-Pod kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent 3x3 waterproof controller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5150 App (Bluetooth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch \u0026amp; Wiring Harness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this kit fit all Can-Am Maverick X3 models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis kit is designed specifically for the Can-Am Maverick X3 platform. The 187 Eyebrows are vehicle-specific, so they are built to fit the X3's body lines. If you have questions about fitment for a specific X3 trim or model year, feel free to reach out before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs the wiring harness included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAll required controllers and wiring for the 187 ecosystem are included in this kit. However, the rocker switch and plug-and-play wiring harness are sold separately - 5150 offers these as add-on accessories to complete your install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does the magnetic quick-release base work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe patent-pending magnetic quick-release base uses a strong magnetic connection to secure your whips to their mounts. You can install or remove each whip in 1-2 seconds without any tools, making it easy to take them off for storage or transport and snap them back in before your next ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I control all the lights from one app?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the 5150 App ties the entire 187 ecosystem together. You can control colors, patterns, chase modes, cascading effects, and even music-reactive modes for your whips, rock lights, and eyebrows from a single Bluetooth-connected app on your phone. All components stay synchronized through the included 3x3 waterproof controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat does the lifetime warranty cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003e5150 Whips backs every component in this kit for the full usable life of the product. This is their standard lifetime warranty, which reflects their confidence in the durability and build quality of the 187 lighting line. Contact 5150 directly for specific warranty claim details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"5150 Whips","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55582732419377,"sku":"WH-LK1874P-R1-4-03","price":944.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/CANAMX3KIT.jpg?v=1785776343"},{"product_id":"rzr-pro-xp-pro-r-turbo-r-lighting-kit","title":"5150 Whips RZR Pro XP \/ Pro R \/ Turbo R Lighting Kit","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRZR Pro XP \/ Pro R \/ Turbo R Lighting Kit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The 5150 187 Lighting Kit is the ultimate all-in-one lighting solution built specifically for the Polaris RZR Pro XP, Pro R, and Turbo R. This kit bundles 5150's most advanced lighting products into a single package, giving your machine a complete, head-turning light setup without the hassle of sourcing each piece separately. At the heart of the kit are the flagship 5150 187 Whips - the most technologically advanced LED whips in the industry - paired with a 4 POD Rock Light kit and the iconic 187 Mustache Light.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're tearing through night trails or showing out at the dunes, the 187 Whips deliver Bluetooth-controlled, fully programmable light shows that chase, cascade, rainbow, and even dance to music. Assembled in the USA and backed by a lifetime warranty, this kit is engineered for riders who demand the best and refuse to settle for anything less.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5150 187 Whips (Pair, 4ft):\u003c\/strong\u003e Flagship LED whips with Bluetooth control - capable of chase, cascade, rainbow, and music-sync modes via the free 5150 app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully User Programmable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Design and save your own custom light modes through the 5150 Bluetooth app for a truly personalized ride.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatent-Pending Magnetic Quick Release Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Install or remove whips in just 1-2 seconds - no wrench required, no fumbling with threads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 POD Rock Light Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included rock lights illuminate the undercarriage and surrounding terrain for added visibility and style on the trail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e187 Mustache Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Distinctive front-mounted mustache light adds bold, recognizable lighting coverage to the front of your RZR.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof 3x3 Control Module:\u003c\/strong\u003e A dedicated waterproof control module mounts separately and splits to each whip, keeping them perfectly synchronized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll Necessary Wires and Controllers Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything you need to connect the kit is in the box - no hunting for extra hardware. (Switch and Plug and Play wiring harness sold separately.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembled in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built domestically with quality components designed to outlast and outshine the competition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every component in this kit is backed by 5150's industry-leading lifetime warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit Savings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purchasing as a complete kit saves 5% compared to buying each component individually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair of 5150 187 LED Whips (4ft each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 POD Rock Light Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e187 Mustache Light\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWaterproof 3x3 Control Module with splitter harness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll necessary wires and controllers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The 5150 187 Lighting Kit is trusted by serious off-road riders who want a complete, professional-grade lighting setup without compromising on quality or performance. Every component is purpose-built for the RZR Pro XP, Pro R, and Turbo R platform, so fitment is seamless and installation is straightforward. The magnetic quick release system alone is a game changer - swapping whips between machines or storing them after a ride has never been faster or easier.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  With the 5150 app, you're not locked into preset modes - you're in full control of your light show, every time you ride. Assembled in the USA and covered by a lifetime warranty, this kit is a long-term investment in your machine's visibility, safety, and style. If you want everything 5150 has to offer for your RZR in one box, this is the kit to get.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5150 Whips Inc.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolaris RZR Pro XP, Pro R, Turbo R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhip Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4ft (pair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRock Light Pods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 POD kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl Module\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3x3 Waterproof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth (5150 App)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuick Release Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatent-Pending Magnetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWH-LK1874P-R1-4-02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs the Plug and Play wiring harness included with this kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the switch and Plug and Play wiring harness are sold separately. The kit does include all necessary wires and controllers to connect the lighting components, but you will need to purchase the wiring harness and switch independently to complete your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes the control module need to be mounted separately from the whips?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. Due to the advanced technology in the 187 Whips, a separate 3x3 waterproof control module must be mounted independently on the vehicle. It comes with a harness that splits to each whip, keeping both perfectly in sync during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does the Magnetic Quick Release work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe patent-pending magnetic quick release base allows you to install or remove your whips in just 1-2 seconds without any tools. Unlike threaded quick releases, there is no wrench needed - simply snap in or pull out for fast, tool-free swaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I customize the light patterns on the 187 Whips?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely. The 187 Whips are fully user programmable via the free 5150 Bluetooth app. You can run preset modes like chase, cascade, rainbow, and music-sync, or design and save your own custom modes for a completely personalized light show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this kit compatible with all RZR Pro XP model years?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis kit is designed for the Polaris RZR Pro XP, Pro R, and Turbo R platforms. If you have a question about fitment for a specific model year or configuration, feel free to reach out to our team before purchasing and we'll be happy to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"5150 Whips","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55582732452145,"sku":"WH-LK1874P-R1-4-02","price":824.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/RZRKIT2.jpg?v=1785776343"},{"product_id":"rzr-xp1000-turbo-lighting-kit","title":"5150 Whips RZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Lighting Kit","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Lighting Kit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The 5150 Whips 187 Lighting Kit is the ultimate complete lighting upgrade for your 2019-2021 Polaris RZR XP 1000 or Turbo. Bundling 5150's flagship 187 LED whips, rock lights, and fang lights into one ready-to-install package, this kit delivers serious trail presence and full-vehicle illumination without the hassle of piecing components together separately. Everything is synchronized and controlled through the free 5150 Bluetooth app, letting you dial in chase, cascade, rainbow, and music-reactive modes right from your phone.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built and assembled in the USA, every component in this kit is engineered to outlast and outshine the competition - and backed by a lifetime warranty. The patent-pending magnetic quick-release base means you can swap whips on and off in seconds with no tools, making this system as practical as it is eye-catching. If you want everything 5150 offers for your RZR in one shot, this is the kit.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 2019-2021 RZR XP 1000 and Turbo:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically for this platform for a clean, confirmed fitment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete 187 Lighting System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes 4ft 187 Whips (pair), 4-POD Rock Light Kit, and 187 Fang Lights - the full 5150 lineup in one bundle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSave 5% vs. Individual Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purchasing as a complete kit saves money compared to buying each piece separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetooth App Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully controlled via the free 5150 app - no separate remote needed for the 187 whips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Lighting Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chase, cascade, rainbow, and music-reactive modes plus fully user-programmable custom sequences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatent-Pending Magnetic Quick-Release Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Install or remove whips in 1-2 seconds with no wrench or tools required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Control Module:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate 3\" x 3\" waterproof module mounts independently and keeps both whips perfectly synchronized via the included split harness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll Wires and Controllers Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e All required wiring and controllers for the included components are provided in the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembled in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built domestically by 5150 Whips Inc. with quality-first construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every component in the kit is backed by 5150's full lifetime warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair of 4ft 187 LED Whips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4-POD Rock Light Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e187 Fang Lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll required wiring and controllers for included components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're blazing night trails or turning heads at the dunes, this kit gives your RZR a lighting setup that rivals purpose-built builds at a fraction of the effort. The 5150 187 system is trusted by UTV enthusiasts across the country for its durability, brightness, and best-in-class app control. Buying the complete kit means every component is matched, synchronized, and ready to install - no guesswork, no compatibility headaches. The USA assembly and lifetime warranty back up what the specs already make clear: this is a premium product built to last. For RZR owners who want the full package and want it done right, this kit delivers from the first ride onward.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2019-2021 Polaris RZR XP 1000, RZR Turbo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhip Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 ft (pair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRock Lights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-POD Rock Light Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl Module Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" x 3\" waterproof module\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApp Control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth via free 5150 App (iOS\/Android)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSwitch \/ Wiring Harness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included - sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this kit include everything I need for a complete install?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit includes the pair of 4ft 187 Whips, a 4-POD Rock Light Kit, 187 Fang Lights, and all required wiring and controllers for those components. However, you will still need a power switch (dash or accessory switch) and a plug-and-play wiring harness for the vehicle connection - both are sold separately by 5150 Whips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the app control work for the 187 Whips?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 187 Whips connect to your smartphone via Bluetooth through the free 5150 app, available for iOS and Android. From the app you can select preset modes like chase, cascade, rainbow, and music-reactive, or build and save fully custom lighting sequences. The included split harness runs from the control module to both whips, keeping them perfectly synchronized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need any special tools to install or remove the whips?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo tools are required. The 187 Whips use 5150's patent-pending magnetic quick-release base system, which lets you install or remove a whip in 1-2 seconds by hand. This makes it easy to swap whips before and after trail runs or store them when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the control module weatherproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The 187 Whips require a separate 3\" x 3\" control module that is fully waterproof. It must be mounted independently from the whips in a secure location on your RZR. The included wiring harness splits from the module to each whip to maintain synchronization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy does this kit save money compared to buying components separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003e5150 Whips offers a 5% discount when you purchase this complete kit versus buying the 187 Whips, 4-POD Rock Light Kit, and 187 Fang Lights individually. It also saves time by ensuring all components are compatible and arrive together in one shipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"5150 Whips","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55582732550449,"sku":"WH-LK1874P-R1-4-01","price":899.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/RZRKIT.jpg?v=1785776349"},{"product_id":"phoenix-ds-trail-kit","title":"Phoenix DS Trail Kit Off-Road Jack System","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePhoenix DS Trail Kit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Phoenix DS Trail Kit by Pro Eagle is the ultimate off-road jack system built for overlanders, rock crawlers, and racers who need serious lifting power in a compact, trail-ready package. At the heart of this kit is the Phoenix DS dual-stage CO₂ air jack, paired with a Power Tank CO₂ system and everything you need to handle demanding recoveries far from pavement. The Power Shot Trigger Upgrade Kit connects the jack to a 20 oz. CO₂ bottle, boosting lifting capacity to an impressive 3,000 - 7,000 lbs depending on the bottle's PSI - with 7-10 full lifts per fill.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Weighing in at just 5.6 lbs with an ultra-low 8.5\" minimum height, the Phoenix DS slides under vehicles even in tight spots and on uneven terrain. The entire kit is housed in a Pelican V200C Vault Equipment Case, keeping all components crushproof, dustproof, and weather-resistant whether you're crossing a desert or a muddy trail. This is the highest-performing setup in the Phoenix lineup, engineered to tackle bigger loads and the most extreme conditions on the map.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCO₂-Powered Lifting Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handles 3,000 - 7,000 lbs depending on the CO₂ bottle's PSI - ideal for heavier UTVs, trucks, and off-road builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Shot Trigger Upgrade Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seamlessly connects the Phoenix DS jack to the CO₂ bottle for maximum power transfer and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7-10 Lifts Per Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e The included 20 oz. CO₂ bottle provides 7-10 full lifts per fill, reducing downtime on the trail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Stage Phoenix DS Jack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features an 8.5\" minimum height and 17\" maximum lift height, designed to slide under vehicles in tight or uneven conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Lightweight Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e At just 5.6 lbs and compact dimensions of 4.5\"L x 4.5\"W x 8.5\"H, this jack is easy to carry and store in nearly any vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePelican V200C Vault Equipment Case:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crushproof, dustproof, and weather-resistant case keeps the entire kit protected and organized no matter how rough the trail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum and Stainless Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built from durable, corrosion-resistant materials to withstand the harshest off-road environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for UTVs and Off-Road Vehicles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized for use on compact dirt terrain, well-suited for all UTVs and tight-clearance builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Pro Eagle's industry-leading 2-year warranty for long-term peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCO₂ Bottle Shipped Empty:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 20 oz. CO₂ bottle ships empty for safety and can be filled locally before your next adventure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePhoenix DS Jack (dual-stage, 8.5\" min height, 17\" max lift)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePelican V200C Vault Equipment Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20 oz. CO₂ bottle (shipped empty)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePower Shot Trigger Upgrade Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Phoenix DS Trail Kit is trusted by race teams and weekend warriors alike - born from the world of competitive off-road racing and refined for real-world trail use. Whether you're running rock crawls, overlanding remote backcountry, or hitting the dunes, this kit gives you the confidence that comes from carrying the most capable setup in the Phoenix lineup. The combination of CO₂-powered lifting, a whisper-light 5.6 lb jack, and a virtually indestructible Pelican case means you're always prepared without sacrificing precious cargo space. Pro Eagle is used and trusted by Polaris and other top-tier brands in the off-road world - that's the level of performance this kit delivers. Backed by a 2-year warranty and built from aluminum and stainless steel, this is a long-term investment in your off-road recovery setup. When the trail gets serious, the Phoenix DS Trail Kit is ready.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePro Eagle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJack Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-Stage CO₂ Air Jack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLifting Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 - 7,000 lbs (depending on CO₂ bottle PSI)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Lift Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17\" (1'5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.6 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5\"L x 4.5\"W x 8.5\"H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum \/ Stainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCO₂ Bottle Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 oz.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLifts Per Fill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Terrain\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact Dirt (optional 8\" sand base available for soft sand)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll UTV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePelican V200C Vault Equipment Case (crushproof, dustproof, weather-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the CO₂ bottle come filled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the 20 oz. CO₂ bottle ships empty for safety compliance during transit. You'll need to have it filled locally before use. CO₂ fills are widely available at paintball shops, sporting goods stores, and many outdoor retailers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many lifts can I get from one CO₂ bottle fill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWith a properly filled 20 oz. CO₂ bottle, you can expect 7-10 full lifts. Keep in mind that lifting heavier loads and cold temperatures can reduce the number of lifts per fill, as CO₂ doesn't flow as efficiently at lower temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Phoenix DS Trail Kit compatible with full-size trucks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Phoenix DS is primarily designed for UTVs and vehicles with lower clearance, with a lifting range of 3,000 - 7,000 lbs depending on bottle pressure. Some customers have used it on lighter trucks like the F-150, though performance can vary based on vehicle weight, temperature, and CO₂ fill level. For heavier full-size trucks, ensure your CO₂ bottle is fully and properly filled for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat terrain is the Phoenix DS Trail Kit best suited for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Phoenix DS is optimized for compact dirt surfaces. For soft sand use, an optional 8\" sand base accessory is available separately to provide a stable lifting platform. It is not primarily designed for asphalt, concrete, or heavily snowed-in conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the warranty on the Phoenix DS Trail Kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Phoenix DS Trail Kit is backed by Pro Eagle's 2-year warranty, covering defects in materials and workmanship. Pro Eagle also offers replaceable parts for long-term serviceability, so your jack can be maintained and repaired rather than replaced outright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use my own CO₂ bottle instead of the included one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit is designed to work with the included 20 oz. CO₂ bottle and the Power Shot Trigger Upgrade Kit. If you have a compatible Power Tank CO₂ system, it may work - but for best results and guaranteed compatibility, we recommend using the included bottle and trigger kit as configured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pro Eagle","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55985496228145,"sku":"sku-41958684655807","price":669.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DS-TRAIL-KIT-BUNDLE.jpg?v=1787835741"},{"product_id":"mammoth-recovery-kit","title":"MOJAB OFFROAD Mammoth Recovery Kit","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMammoth Recovery Kit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MOJAB OFFROAD Mammoth Recovery Kit is the most capable recovery package in the MOJAB lineup, purpose-built for the biggest and toughest recovery jobs on the planet. Whether you're running heavy equipment, operating a service or tow truck, managing a commercial fleet, or pushing the limits of extreme off-road terrain, this kit is engineered to perform when the stakes are highest. At its core is a 2\" x 30' Extreme Duty Kinetic Recovery Rope crafted from 100% double-braided nylon with a staggering 131,000 lb Minimum Breaking Strength - delivering the raw power needed to recover even the heaviest vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike static straps, the kinetic rope stretches under load to store and release energy, resulting in smoother, safer pulls that dramatically reduce shock loads on both vehicles and recovery points. Every component in this kit has been hand-selected to form a complete, professional-grade recovery system backed by MOJAB's No-Questions-Asked Lifetime Warranty - gear you can depend on for the long haul.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" x 30' Extreme Duty Kinetic Recovery Rope:\u003c\/strong\u003e The centerpiece of the kit - built from 100% double-braided nylon for maximum durability and stretch performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e131,000 lb Minimum Breaking Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for the heaviest recovery scenarios, including heavy equipment, commercial trucks, and extreme off-road vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKinetic Energy Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rope stretches under load to absorb and release energy, delivering smoother pulls and reducing dangerous shock loads on vehicles and recovery points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTitanSoft Shackles (x2):\u003c\/strong\u003e Two 1\" x 6' TitanSoft Shackles included - safer and lighter than steel shackles, with no hard metal to become a projectile during a snap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouchscreen-Compatible Recovery Gloves:\u003c\/strong\u003e MOJAB recovery gloves provide outstanding grip and hand protection while remaining fully compatible with touchscreen devices - no need to remove gloves to use your phone or GPS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective Abrasion Sleeve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Guards the recovery rope at high-wear contact points, extending the life of your rope in rocky or abrasive environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Storage Bag:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps all components organized and protected for quick deployment in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Questions-Asked Lifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every component is backed by MOJAB's full lifetime warranty - built for professionals who can't afford equipment failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional-Grade Complete System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for tow operators, commercial fleets, heavy equipment operators, and serious off-road recovery - everything you need in one kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips Free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 2\" x 30' Extreme Duty Kinetic Recovery Rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 1\" x 6' TitanSoft Shackles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty Storage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective Abrasion Sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTouchscreen-Compatible MOJAB Recovery Gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mammoth Recovery Kit isn't just a collection of gear - it's a complete, professional-grade recovery system trusted by tow operators, commercial fleet managers, and hardcore off-road enthusiasts who refuse to compromise when a recovery goes wrong. Every component has been thoughtfully matched to work together, so you're never left improvising in the field with mismatched equipment. The 131,000 lb rated kinetic rope delivers the kind of pulling power that serious recovery operations demand, and the included TitanSoft Shackles add a layer of safety that traditional steel hardware simply can't match. MOJAB's touchscreen-compatible gloves mean you stay protected and connected throughout the entire operation - a small detail that makes a big difference when you're working in remote terrain. Backed by a No-Questions-Asked Lifetime Warranty, this kit is engineered to be the last recovery package you'll ever need to buy. If you need a recovery solution that's ready for anything, the Mammoth is it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRope Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" x 30'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRope Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Double-Braided Nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Breaking Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e131,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShackle Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" x 6'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShackle Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitanSoft Shackles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes a kinetic recovery rope different from a standard tow strap?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eA kinetic recovery rope is designed to stretch - typically 20-30% of its length - under load. This stretch stores energy like a spring and releases it in a smooth, progressive pull rather than a sudden jerk. Standard tow straps are static and transfer the full shock load instantly, which can damage recovery points, vehicles, and rigging. Kinetic ropes are significantly safer and more effective, especially for stuck vehicles in soft terrain like mud, sand, or snow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size and type of vehicles is the Mammoth Recovery Kit designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Mammoth Recovery Kit is designed for the heaviest recovery applications - think heavy equipment, service trucks, tow trucks, commercial fleet vehicles, and large off-road rigs. With a 131,000 lb Minimum Breaking Strength rating on the kinetic rope, this kit is overkill for a standard SUV or pickup truck, and that's the point. It's built for professionals and serious operators who deal with large, heavy vehicles in demanding environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are TitanSoft Shackles and why are they safer than steel shackles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eTitanSoft Shackles are soft textile shackles made from high-strength synthetic fiber. Unlike traditional steel D-ring or bow shackles, they are lightweight, won't rust or corrode, and - most importantly - won't become a dangerous projectile if a connection fails under load. Steel shackles can cause serious injury or vehicle damage if they snap and fly. Soft shackles are widely regarded as the safer choice for kinetic rope recoveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Mammoth Recovery Kit covered by a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The entire Mammoth Recovery Kit is backed by MOJAB's No-Questions-Asked Lifetime Warranty. If any component fails or doesn't meet your expectations, MOJAB stands behind it - no hoops to jump through. This is a significant advantage for professional operators and anyone who relies on this gear for safety-critical recoveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the recovery gloves be used with a smartphone or GPS device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The included MOJAB recovery gloves are fully touchscreen compatible, meaning you can operate your smartphone, GPS unit, or other touchscreen devices without removing them. This is especially useful in cold weather or when managing a recovery operation remotely, where taking your gloves off repeatedly is impractical and uncomfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"MOJAB OFFROAD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55985662427441,"sku":"MRK","price":1279.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/IMG-5320.png?v=1787835869"},{"product_id":"9-light-u-con-interlocking-off-road-led-pod-with-amber-or-white-drl-running-light","title":"9 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light","description":"\u003ch1\u003e9 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod system brings serious, high-output illumination to your off-road build in a uniquely modular, scalable format. This 9-light configuration delivers a combined 235.8 watts of driving-optimized light, giving you the reach and clarity needed to confidently push deeper into the dark. Each individual pod outputs 26.2W at 2.2A (12V), and the U-Con system allows you to run them as standalone units or interlock them seamlessly into a custom lighting array using U-Con Connectors.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built for trucks, Jeeps, UTVs, and any serious off-road rig, this system is designed with versatility and long-term performance in mind. A choice of amber or white DRL running light adds a functional and distinctive look to your build, while the lifetime warranty backs every pod for the long haul.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular U-Con Interlocking Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run each pod as a standalone unit or link all 9 together using U-Con Connectors for a seamless, custom lighting array.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e235.8W Combined Output:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 pods at 26.2W each deliver massive total output for maximum trail visibility and distance coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19.65A Total Draw (2.2A @ 12V per pod):\u003c\/strong\u003e Efficient power consumption for a high-output system, compatible with standard 12V vehicle electrical setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber or White DRL Running Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your preferred daytime running light color at the time of ordering for a personalized, functional look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDriving Beam Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized for long-distance illumination - ideal for high-speed trail runs and open terrain driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Brackets Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardware for secure, ready-to-install mounting is included right out of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Free Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a complete wiring harness at checkout or go with the pigtail-only option if you prefer to integrate with your existing setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Overall Dimension Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measures 44 5\/16\" without spacers or 47 1\/16\" with spacers installed - choose what fits your mounting location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every U-Con pod is backed by a lifetime warranty for lasting confidence in your investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The amber daytime running light offers a warm, high-visibility tone that stands out in dusty, foggy, or low-contrast off-road environments. A popular choice for serious trail rigs and builds that need maximum daytime presence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white daytime running light delivers a clean, modern look that pairs well with LED headlight setups and is preferred by drivers who want a crisp, uniform light color across their entire front end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePigtail Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best for builders who already have a custom wiring setup or prefer to wire the pods into their own harness. Gives you full control over the electrical integration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a complete wiring harness for a straightforward, plug-and-play installation. Ideal if you want everything needed for a clean install without sourcing additional components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e44 5\/16\" Without Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The standard mounting width - great for tighter bumper openings or builds where a more compact footprint is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e47 1\/16\" With Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds roughly 2.75\" to the overall length for builds that require a wider spread or need to fill a larger mounting channel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e9x U-Con Interlocking LED Pods (26.2W each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePigtail connector(s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWiring harness (if selected at checkout)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting U-Con system is a standout choice for off-road enthusiasts who want a lighting setup that grows with their build - not one they'll outgrow after a season. The interlocking pod design means you can start small and expand, or go all-in with a full 9-pod array right away. The lifetime warranty is a genuine commitment to quality that is rarely seen at this price point, and it speaks to how these pods are built to endure the punishment of real off-road use. Whether you're wheeling rocky trails, blasting desert washes, or running forest roads in total darkness, the 235.8W driving beam setup gives you the reach you need to stay ahead of what's coming.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The amber or white DRL option is a thoughtful touch that lets you match your running lights to the rest of your build's aesthetic, while the included mounting hardware and optional wiring harness make installation accessible even for those who aren't full-time fabricators. If you want a modular, high-output, lifetime-backed LED pod system that can be tailored to your exact rig and setup, the U-Con 9-light kit delivers.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGGLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Pods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower per Pod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.2W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Combined Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235.8W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent Draw per Pod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2A @ 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Current Draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.65A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDRL Running Light Color Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmber or White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (Without Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 5\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (With Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 1\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I add more pods to this 9-light setup later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - that's one of the biggest advantages of the U-Con interlocking system. The pods are designed to link together using U-Con Connectors, so you can start with a 9-light array and expand further if your build or needs change. GGLighting offers setups ranging from 2 lights all the way up to 10+ lights in the same system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDo I need to buy a wiring harness separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYou have the option to add a free wiring harness at checkout. If you already have a compatible wiring setup or prefer to wire the pods yourself, you can select the pigtail-only option. If you want a cleaner, faster install without sourcing extra parts, adding the harness is the easier route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat vehicles are these pods compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe U-Con LED pods are a universal off-road lighting system. They are commonly mounted on trucks, Jeeps, UTVs, SUVs, and other off-road vehicles. Since mounting brackets are included and the system uses a modular format, they can be adapted to a wide range of bumper, roof rack, and chase bar configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between amber and white DRL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAmber DRL running lights are favored in dusty, foggy, or low-contrast environments because the warm wavelength cuts through particulate better than white light. White DRL provides a crisp, modern appearance and matches well with LED headlights. The choice is largely based on your environment and aesthetic preference - both are high-visibility options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat does the lifetime warranty cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eGGLighting backs these pods with a lifetime warranty. For specific coverage details - such as what constitutes a warranty claim, the claims process, and any exclusions - please reach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we will be happy to assist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GGLighting","offers":[{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 44 5\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56051916276017,"sku":"sku-46526100799646","price":1080.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 47 1\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56051916308785,"sku":"sku-46526100832414","price":1112.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 44 5\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56051916341553,"sku":"sku-46526100865182","price":1080.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 47 1\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56051916374321,"sku":"sku-46526100897950","price":1112.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 44 5\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56051916407089,"sku":"sku-46526100930718","price":1080.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 47 1\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56051916439857,"sku":"sku-46526100963486","price":1112.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 44 5\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56051916472625,"sku":"sku-46526100996254","price":1080.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 47 1\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56051916505393,"sku":"sku-46526101029022","price":1112.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/UconPodmulti-8-Photoroom.jpg?v=1788182975"},{"product_id":"cb60-amber-pod-bundle-with-wiring-harness","title":"CB60 Amber Pod Bundle With Wiring Harness","description":"\u003ch1\u003eCB60 Amber Pod Bundle With Wiring Harness\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting CB60 Amber Pod Bundle is the result of 15 years of dedicated off-road lighting expertise, engineered to be the brand's highest-performing driving light to date. Each pair combines powerful front-facing driving beams with side-emitting LEDs to produce a full 270-degree beam pattern - giving you both long-range output and an ultra-wide spread that covers the terrain around you. The amber tint enhances contrast in dusty, hazy, or foggy conditions, making it easier to spot obstacles and edges at speed.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built tough for real off-road demands, these pods carry an IP69K waterproof rating, a powder-coated housing, and a stainless steel mounting bracket that holds up in harsh environments. Whether you're running trails, overlanding, or pushing through desert conditions, the CB60 Amber Pods deliver the light output and durability serious off-roaders demand. This bundle includes the wiring harness, making installation clean and straightforward right out of the box.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10,000 Lumens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Exceptional brightness output for maximum visibility on the trail at night.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e270-Degree Beam Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front-facing driving lights combined with side-emitting LEDs cover a massive arc of illumination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber Tint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improves contrast in dusty, hazy, and foggy off-road conditions - helping you see obstacles more clearly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHP-4 4W Chips:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality LED chips deliver powerful, efficient light output with long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREVO4 PCB Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Advanced circuit board design for reliable electrical performance and thermal management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP69K Waterproof Certified:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dust and waterproof breather ensures the pods hold up in the most extreme wet and muddy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeutsch Connector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dust and waterproof connector provides a secure, professional-grade electrical connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaytime Running Light Built In:\u003c\/strong\u003e Doubles as a DRL so your pods work hard on the road as well as the trail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder Coated Housing \u0026amp; Stainless Steel Bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant construction built to withstand the rigors of off-road use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Size (~5x4x3.5\", 5.25\" tall with bracket):\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits a wide range of mounting locations without sacrificing light output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWiring Harness Options \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePigtails Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes the pods with standard pigtail leads. Best for builders who already have a custom wiring setup or are integrating into an existing switch panel - keeps things flexible for experienced installers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes the pods plus a dual 3-Pin DT connector harness for each pair. Ideal for those who want a complete, plug-and-play installation with a clean, professional result right out of the box. Strongly recommended for most builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair of CB60 Amber LED Pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual 3-Pin DT connector wiring harness (with \"Add Wiring Harness\" option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The CB60 Amber Pod Bundle stands out as one of the most capable compact off-road lighting solutions on the market, trusted by enthusiasts who refuse to compromise on performance. GGLighting backs these pods with 15 years of real-world off-road lighting development, and that experience shows in every detail - from the REVO4 PCB construction to the IP69K-rated breather. The amber output is a game changer in real trail conditions, cutting through dust and haze where white light falls short. Customers consistently report that these pods produce more usable light than products at higher price points. Add the built-in daytime running light and a wiring harness that makes installation a breeze, and you have a complete lighting upgrade that's ready to perform from day one. If you're serious about off-road visibility, the CB60 Amber Bundle is the upgrade your rig deserves.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGGLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8603\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLumen Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 Lumens (pair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED Chips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHP-4 4W Chips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePCB Construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREVO4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 degrees (front-facing + side-emitting)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Color\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP69K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnector Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeutsch (dust and waterproof) \/ Dual 3-Pin DT (harness)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~5 x 4 x 3.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight with Bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.25 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDaytime Running Light\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, built in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair (2 pods)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Pigtails Only and Add Wiring Harness options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Pigtails Only option includes the CB60 Amber pods with standard pigtail leads, giving experienced installers the flexibility to integrate them into a custom wiring setup. The Add Wiring Harness option includes a dual 3-Pin DT connector harness with each pair, making it a complete, ready-to-install kit. If you don't already have a dedicated wiring setup for auxiliary lights, we recommend choosing the wiring harness option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy choose amber LED pods over white?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAmber light has a longer wavelength than white light, which means it scatters less in dust, fog, and haze - common conditions on off-road trails. This gives amber pods a significant advantage in visibility when conditions get dirty or misty, helping you see obstacles and terrain edges more clearly. Many experienced off-roaders run amber as their primary or supplemental trail light for exactly this reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the CB60 pods waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The CB60 Amber Pods are IP69K certified, which is the highest waterproof rating available - meaning they are fully protected against dust ingress and high-pressure, high-temperature water jets. The Deutsch connectors are also dust and waterproof, ensuring a fully sealed electrical connection for water crossings and extreme weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the CB60 pods be used as daytime running lights?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the CB60 pods have a built-in daytime running light (DRL) function. This means they can serve double duty - running as a DRL during daylight hours and switching to full off-road driving lights when you need maximum illumination at night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat vehicles are the CB60 Amber Pods compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe CB60 pods are designed as universal off-road LED pods and are compatible with a wide range of vehicles including trucks, Jeeps, SUVs, UTVs, and more. GGLighting also offers specific mounting brackets for vehicles like the Chevy Silverado, GMC Sierra, and Jeep Wrangler. Check our store for vehicle-specific mounting solutions to pair with your pods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GGLighting","offers":[{"title":"Pigtails Only","offer_id":56086019113265,"sku":"Item #8602","price":520.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Add Wiring Harness","offer_id":56086019146033,"sku":"Item #8603","price":520.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Photoroom_010_20241025_135524.jpg?v=1788357675"},{"product_id":"cb60-pod-bundle-with-wiring-harness","title":"CB60 Pod Bundle With Wiring Harness","description":"\u003ch1\u003eCB60 Pod Bundle With Wiring Harness\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting CB60 Pod Bundle is the result of 15 years of off-road lighting expertise, engineered to be the brand's highest-performing driving light to date. Each pod combines forward-facing driving light output with side-emitting LEDs to deliver an impressive 270-degree beam pattern - blanketing the trail ahead and to the sides with brilliant, usable light. At 10,000 lumens per pod, this pair pumps out serious long-range throw without sacrificing peripheral coverage.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built for off-road enthusiasts who refuse to compromise, the CB60s are constructed with IP69K waterproof certification, powder-coated housing, and a stainless steel mounting bracket - ready to handle the abuse of real-world trail use. This bundle includes the wiring harness with a dual 3-Pin DT connector for a clean, plug-and-play installation. Whether you're crawling rock gardens, blasting desert washes, or night-running backroads, these pods deliver the illumination to match your ambition.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10,000 Lumens Per Pod:\u003c\/strong\u003e Exceptional raw output for maximum visibility at night or in low-visibility conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e270-Degree Beam Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front-facing driving lights combined with side-emitting LEDs cover a massive arc of illumination in a single compact pod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHP-4 4W Chips:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality HP-4 4W LED chips deliver efficient, powerful, and consistent light output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eREVO4 PCB Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Advanced PCB design for superior thermal management and long-term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP69K Waterproof Certified:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated to withstand high-pressure, high-temperature water jets - built for the harshest conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust and Waterproof Deutsch Connector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Industry-standard Deutsch connectors ensure a secure, sealed electrical connection off-road.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder Coated Housing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable powder coat finish resists corrosion, UV damage, and trail wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Mounting Bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant bracket keeps pods firmly positioned even on rough terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaytime Running Light Built-In:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated DRL function adds visibility and style during daytime driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Size (~5x4x3.5\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits tight mounting locations; 5.25\" tall with bracket attached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWiring Options \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePigtails Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes the CB60 pod pair with pigtail leads for custom wiring integration. Best for builders who want to wire into an existing relay or switch system, or who prefer a fully custom electrical setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes the CB60 pod pair plus the dual 3-Pin DT connector harness for a clean, plug-and-play installation. Best for most drivers who want a straightforward, ready-to-install setup right out of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair of CB60 LED Pods (White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual 3-Pin DT connector wiring harness (with \"Add Wiring Harness\" option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The CB60 Pod Bundle represents the cutting edge of what GGLighting has built over 15 years in the off-road lighting industry - and the results speak for themselves. Customers who have switched to these pods from more expensive competing brands have been blown away by the sheer amount of light they produce, often finding they no longer need additional auxiliary lighting. The IP69K certification and robust powder-coated, stainless-steel construction mean these aren't just bright - they're built to last through seasons of serious off-road use. The integrated daytime running light adds a purposeful, aggressive look whether you're on the trail or on the street. With a compact footprint, 270-degree coverage, and a no-fuss wiring harness option, the CB60 Bundle is one of the smartest lighting upgrades you can make to your rig.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGGLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8602\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLumens (per pod)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 degrees (front-facing + side-emitting)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED Chip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHP-4 4W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePCB Construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREVO4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP69K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnector Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust and waterproof Deutsch connector\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Bracket Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (approx.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~5\" x 4\" x 3.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight With Bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair (2 pods)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the \"Pigtails Only\" and \"Add Wiring Harness\" options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Pigtails Only option gives you the CB60 pod pair with bare pigtail leads, which is ideal if you want to wire the lights into a custom relay or existing switch setup. The Add Wiring Harness option includes the dual 3-Pin DT connector harness, making for a clean plug-and-play installation - the easiest way to get your pods up and running quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the CB60 pods waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The CB60 pods are IP69K certified, which is the highest level of waterproof protection available. They are rated to withstand high-pressure, high-temperature water jets, making them suitable for water crossings, heavy rain, and muddy off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan these pods be used as daytime running lights?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the CB60 pods have a built-in daytime running light (DRL) function, so you can use them for increased visibility and a distinctive look even during daylight hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat vehicles are the CB60 pods compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe CB60 pods are designed as universal-fit off-road lighting and can be mounted on trucks, Jeeps, UTVs, SUVs, and most other vehicles with suitable mounting points. The included stainless steel mounting bracket makes installation straightforward on a wide variety of platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do the side-emitting LEDs improve performance over standard driving lights?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eStandard driving lights project light in a narrow forward beam. The CB60's side-emitting LEDs extend the coverage to a full 270-degree arc, dramatically improving peripheral visibility - which is critical when navigating tight trails, rocky terrain, or any situation where threats can come from the sides as well as straight ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GGLighting","offers":[{"title":"Pigtails Only","offer_id":56086019047729,"sku":"Item #8601","price":520.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Add Wiring Harness","offer_id":56086019080497,"sku":"Item #8602","price":520.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Photoroom_009_20241025_135524.jpg?v=1788357675"},{"product_id":"2011-f250-f350-superduty-8-light-bumper-mount-kit","title":"2011+ F250 \/ F350 Superduty 8 Light Bumper Mount Kit","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2011+ F250 \/ F350 Superduty 8 Light Bumper Mount Kit\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe GGLighting 8 Light Bumper Mount Kit is purpose-built for 2011 and newer Ford F-250 and F-350 Superduty trucks, giving you a clean, heavy-duty solution for mounting up to eight auxiliary lights directly to your front bumper. Laser cut from American steel and finished with a durable powder coat, this bracket is engineered to handle the rigors of off-road use, work sites, and night driving without compromise. Whether you're running DayMaker lights, GP40s, or other auxiliary lighting, this mount provides a solid, reliable foundation that keeps everything locked in place mile after mile.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nInstallation does require drilling holes in the bumper, but the precision laser-cut design ensures a clean, professional fit specific to the Superduty platform. Made entirely in America, this kit reflects the kind of rugged craftsmanship that F-250 and F-350 owners expect from their equipment. It's an ideal upgrade for contractors, off-road enthusiasts, ranchers, and anyone who needs serious front-end illumination on their heavy-duty Ford truck.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-Light Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds up to eight auxiliary lights simultaneously for maximum front-end illumination coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Lights up to 5\" Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to securely accommodate lights up to 5 inches in diameter, including GGLighting DayMakers and GP40s.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Made in America:\u003c\/strong\u003e Proudly manufactured in the USA for quality you can count on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaser Cut Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision laser cutting ensures exact fitment and clean, professional-grade edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable powder coat protects against rust, corrosion, and the elements for long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions - 43 5\/8\" x 7 1\/2\" x 2\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide-span bracket designed to span the Superduty front bumper for an even, balanced light spread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle Fitment - 2011+ Ford F-250 \/ F-350 Superduty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered specifically for 2011 and newer Superduty trucks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minor bumper drilling needed for installation - allows for a secure, permanent mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Light Upgrades:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available as a kit with GGLighting 5\" DayMakers or GP40s included for a complete lighting solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Kit Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket hardware alone - best for buyers who already own compatible lights or want to source their own auxiliary lighting separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes - 5\" DayMakers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes the mount kit plus GGLighting 5\" DayMaker lights. A great all-in-one choice for drivers who want a matched, ready-to-install lighting system with proven performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes - GP40s:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes the mount kit plus GGLighting GP40 lights. Ideal for those seeking the GP40's specific output characteristics paired with the security of a dedicated mount system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 Light Bumper Mount Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGGLighting 5\" DayMaker Lights (if selected option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGGLighting GP40 Lights (if selected option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nIf you rely on your F-250 or F-350 to get the job done - day or night, on or off-road - this mount kit delivers the foundation your lighting setup deserves. Built entirely in America with laser-cut precision and a tough powder coat finish, it's the kind of hardware that installs once and performs for years without issue. The ability to run eight lights at once means you can light up a job site, trail, or dark country road like never before. GGLighting has engineered this bracket specifically for the Superduty platform, so fitment is dialed in and there's no improvising or adapting required. Whether you're a contractor, rancher, overlander, or serious off-road enthusiast, this kit turns your Superduty into a true work-ready machine. Made in the USA and built for the long haul - it's the kind of upgrade that makes every night drive or job site arrival a whole lot more capable.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGGLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43 5\/8\" x 7 1\/2\" x 2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 lights (up to 5\" diameter each)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this mount fit my 2018 F-350 Superduty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this mount kit is designed to fit all 2011 and newer Ford F-250 and F-350 Superduty trucks, including 2018 models. Just note that drilling holes in the bumper will be required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to drill into my bumper to install this kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, drilling is required for installation. The bracket is designed to mount securely to your factory bumper, and drilling provides a clean, permanent attachment. The precision laser-cut design helps guide a professional-looking result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use my own lights with this mount, or do I have to use GGLighting lights?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe mount is designed to hold lights up to 5 inches in diameter, so you can use compatible third-party lights as well. However, GGLighting's own DayMakers and GP40s are purpose-matched to this bracket and are available as bundled options for the easiest and most reliable setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the DayMaker and GP40 light options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eBoth are GGLighting auxiliary lights compatible with this mount. The 5\" DayMakers and GP40s differ in their beam pattern and output characteristics. If you are unsure which is best for your specific use case, feel free to reach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we can help you decide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs any wiring or hardware included for the lights?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe product listing covers the mount bracket and optional lights. For specific wiring harness or hardware inclusions when lights are added, please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for full kit details before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GGLighting","offers":[{"title":"Yes 5” DayMakers","offer_id":56086019178801,"sku":"sku-42214910984350","price":1920.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yes GP40s","offer_id":56086019211569,"sku":"sku-42214911017118","price":1920.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/F250GP40_1of18.jpg?v=1788357676"},{"product_id":"5-light-u-con-interlocking-off-road-led-pod-with-amber-or-white-drl-running-light","title":"5 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light","description":"\u003ch1\u003e5 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod system brings serious modular lighting power to your off-road build. This 5-light setup delivers a combined 131 watts of high-output illumination with a driving beam pattern engineered for maximum distance and clarity on the trail, job site, or back road. Each pod is designed with the U-Con interlocking system, allowing you to run them as standalone stationary units or link them together into a seamless, custom lighting array that fits your rig exactly.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're building out a prerunner, overlander, or work truck, the U-Con system gives you the flexibility to scale your lighting setup up or down without starting over. Add a daytime running light in your choice of amber or white for added visibility and style, and rest easy knowing every pod is backed by a lifetime warranty.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular U-Con Interlocking Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run pods individually or link multiple units together using U-Con Connectors for a fully custom lighting array.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e131W Total Output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five pods at 26.2W each deliver powerful, high-output illumination across the full array.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10.92A Total Draw (2.2A per pod at 12V):\u003c\/strong\u003e Efficient power consumption makes integration with your existing electrical system straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDriving Beam Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized for long-distance visibility and clarity - ideal for off-road and overland use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber or White DRL Running Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your preferred daytime running light color at time of order for added presence and style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Brackets Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardware is ready to go right out of the box for a secure, straightforward installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a free wiring harness at checkout to simplify your install and keep your wiring clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Overall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 1\/16\" without spacers or 26 13\/16\" with spacers installed - choose based on your mounting setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every U-Con LED pod is backed for life by GGLighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The amber daytime running light offers a classic off-road look and improved visibility in dusty, foggy, or low-contrast conditions. Best for overlanders, desert runners, and anyone who wants a traditional off-road aesthetic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white daytime running light gives a clean, modern appearance and pairs well with white main lighting setups. Ideal for builds prioritizing a sleek, contemporary look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePigtail Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes just the pod pigtail connector - great if you already have a wiring harness or prefer to wire things your own way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a free wiring harness to make installation easier and cleaner. Recommended for most users, especially those doing a first-time install.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 1\/16\" Without Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The compact configuration - best for tighter mounting areas or builds where a lower-profile fitment is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26 13\/16\" With Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extended configuration - provides additional spacing for installations that require a slightly wider or raised mounting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 x U-Con Interlocking LED Pods (26.2W each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePigtail connector(s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWiring harness (if selected at checkout)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpacers (if selected size includes spacers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting U-Con system is built for off-road enthusiasts who refuse to compromise on versatility or output. With 131 watts of driving-focused light spread across five interlocking pods, you get the kind of illumination that actually makes a difference when the road disappears. The modular design means your lighting setup grows with your build - add more pods down the line without rewiring from scratch. The included mounting hardware and optional plug-and-play wiring harness make installation accessible even for those who aren't professional fabricators. Backed by a lifetime warranty, these pods are engineered to take the abuse that off-road use demands. If you're serious about lighting up the dark, the U-Con 5-light setup is a foundation you can count on.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGGLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Pods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Wattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e131W (26.2W per pod)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Amperage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.92A (2.2A per pod at 12V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDRL Running Light Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmber or White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (Without Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 1\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (With Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 13\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWiring\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePigtail Only or with optional free wiring harness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I add more pods to this 5-light setup later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - that's one of the best features of the U-Con system. The interlocking design allows you to connect additional pods using U-Con Connectors, so you can expand your lighting array over time without replacing what you already have. GGLighting offers setups ranging from 2 lights all the way up to 10 lights in this same system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between amber and white DRL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe DRL (daytime running light) color is purely a style and visibility preference. Amber is a traditional off-road look that can help with visibility in dust, fog, and low-contrast environments. White gives a modern, clean aesthetic. Neither option affects the main driving beam output - both deliver the same 131W total performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDo I need the wiring harness, or can I use just the pigtail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIf you already have a compatible wiring setup on your vehicle, the pigtail-only option gives you the flexibility to integrate the pods your own way. However, if you're starting from scratch or want the simplest possible installation, selecting the optional wiring harness (included free) is strongly recommended. It makes connecting all five pods clean and straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"driving beam pattern\" mean, and is it street legal?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eA driving beam pattern is designed to project light far down the road or trail ahead, maximizing distance visibility rather than spreading wide. These pods are intended for off-road use. Street legality varies by state and local regulations - check your local laws before using auxiliary lighting on public roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the spacer and non-spacer size options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe spacers slightly increase the overall width of the pod array from 24 1\/16\" to 26 13\/16\". Spacers can be useful for mounting situations that require a bit more clearance or a different fitment angle. If your mounting location is tight, go with the non-spacer option. If you need the extra room or prefer the extended profile, choose the with-spacer option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GGLighting","offers":[{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 24 1\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019244337,"sku":"sku-46526078976158","price":600.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 26 13\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019277105,"sku":"sku-46526079008926","price":632.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 24 1\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019309873,"sku":"sku-46526079041694","price":600.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 26 13\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019342641,"sku":"sku-46526079074462","price":632.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 24 1\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019375409,"sku":"sku-46526079107230","price":600.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 26 13\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019408177,"sku":"sku-46526079139998","price":632.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 24 1\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019440945,"sku":"sku-46526079172766","price":600.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 26 13\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019473713,"sku":"sku-46526079205534","price":632.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/UconPodmulti-4-Photoroom.jpg?v=1788357675"},{"product_id":"10-light-u-con-interlocking-off-road-led-pod-with-amber-or-white-drl-running-light","title":"10 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light","description":"\u003ch1\u003e10 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting U-Con Interlocking LED Pod system is a modular, high-output off-road lighting solution built for drivers who demand adaptability and raw performance on the trail. This 10-light setup delivers a combined 262 watts of powerful driving beam illumination, engineered to cut through the dark and give you maximum visibility at distance. Each pod is designed to interlock seamlessly with the others using U-Con Connectors, allowing you to build a fully customized lighting array that fits your exact vehicle setup.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're running a dedicated off-road rig, a work truck, or an overland build, this system scales to your needs - run a single pod standalone or link all ten together for a continuous, seamless light bar effect. The optional amber or white DRL running light adds an extra layer of functionality and road presence, making this one of the most versatile pod lighting systems available. Backed by a lifetime warranty, the U-Con system is built to endure the harshest conditions and keep performing mile after mile.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular U-Con Interlocking Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Link multiple pods together using U-Con Connectors to create a seamless, custom lighting array - or run each pod as a standalone unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e262W Combined Output (10-Pod Setup):\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pod delivers 26.2W of high-output performance for a total of 262 watts across the full 10-light configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e21.83A Total Draw (2.2A per pod @ 12V):\u003c\/strong\u003e Efficient power consumption makes this setup compatible with a wide range of vehicle electrical systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber or White DRL Running Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your preferred daytime running light color at the time of ordering for added visibility and style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDriving Beam Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized for long-distance illumination and clarity on off-road terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions - 49 3\/8\" or 52 1\/8\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Spans 49 3\/8\" without spacers and 52 1\/8\" with spacers installed, offering flexible fitment options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Brackets Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ready for secure, straightforward installation right out of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Free Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upgrade your order to include a wiring harness at no extra cost for a clean, plug-and-play installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to last and fully backed by a lifetime manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The amber daytime running light option provides a warm, high-contrast glow that is especially effective in dusty, foggy, or inclement off-road conditions. Ideal for trail riders and overland adventurers who encounter variable visibility environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white daytime running light delivers a crisp, modern look with a clean, bright output that complements most LED setups. Best for drivers who prioritize a sleek aesthetic and maximum forward visibility in clear conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePigtail Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a pigtail connector for those who already have an existing wiring setup or prefer to wire the lights themselves. A great choice for experienced installers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a free wiring harness for a simpler, more complete installation right out of the box. Recommended for most buyers looking for a straightforward setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e49 3\/8\" (Without Spacer):\u003c\/strong\u003e The more compact overall dimension, ideal for tighter mounting locations or builds where a lower-profile fit is preferred.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e52 1\/8\" (With Spacer):\u003c\/strong\u003e The extended configuration with spacers installed, offering additional clearance or a wider mounting footprint for specific vehicle applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10x U-Con Interlocking LED Pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePigtail connector(s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWiring harness (if selected at checkout)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting U-Con 10-Light system is the kind of off-road lighting upgrade that changes how you drive at night - turning dark, uncertain trails into confidently lit paths. The modular interlocking design means you're not locked into one configuration; this system grows and adapts with your build, whether you're adding pods over time or reconfiguring for a new vehicle. The choice of amber or white DRL gives you a personal touch of functionality that few pod systems offer at this level. The optional wiring harness makes installation accessible even for those who aren't seasoned electricians, while the clean pigtail option satisfies the hands-on builder who wants full control. With a lifetime warranty standing behind every pod, this is a purchase you make once and never worry about again. Trusted by off-road enthusiasts who demand both rugged durability and serious performance, the U-Con system delivers on every front.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGGLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Pods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Wattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e262W (26.2W per pod)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Amperage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.83A (2.2A per pod @ 12V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDRL Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmber or White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (Without Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49 3\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (With Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 1\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWiring Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePigtail Only or Add Wiring Harness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I add more pods to this 10-light setup in the future?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - that's the beauty of the U-Con interlocking system. The modular design allows you to connect additional pods using U-Con Connectors, so you can expand or reconfigure your lighting array as your needs change. Each pod is designed to link seamlessly with the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the amber and white DRL options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe amber DRL is better suited for dusty, foggy, or harsh off-road environments where warm, high-contrast light cuts through interference more effectively. The white DRL offers a brighter, crisper modern look and is ideal for clear-condition driving where maximum raw brightness is the priority. Both are functional daytime running lights - the choice comes down to your environment and preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need the wiring harness, or will the pigtail work on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIf you already have a compatible wiring setup on your vehicle or prefer to do a custom install, the pigtail option is perfectly sufficient. However, if you want a simpler, more plug-and-play experience with less wiring work, adding the free wiring harness is highly recommended. It's a no-cost upgrade that can save significant installation time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"driving beam pattern\" mean, and how is it different from a flood or spot beam?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eA driving beam pattern is a middle-ground between a tight spot beam and a wide flood beam. It's optimized for forward distance and clarity - projecting light far down the trail or road while maintaining enough width to be practical at speed. It's one of the most popular beam patterns for off-road driving and overlanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the spacer and no-spacer dimension options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe spacers increase the overall length of the 10-pod assembly from 49 3\/8\" to 52 1\/8\". Spacers may be used to adjust mounting alignment, create additional clearance, or achieve a specific fitment on your bumper or roof rack. If you have a tight mounting location, the no-spacer option keeps the profile more compact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GGLighting","offers":[{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 49 3\/8\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019506481,"sku":"sku-46526102077598","price":1200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 52 1\/8\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019539249,"sku":"sku-46526102110366","price":1232.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 49 3\/8\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019572017,"sku":"sku-46526102143134","price":1200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 52 1\/8\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019604785,"sku":"sku-46526102175902","price":1232.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 49 3\/8\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019637553,"sku":"sku-46526102208670","price":1200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 52 1\/8\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019670321,"sku":"sku-46526102241438","price":1232.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 49 3\/8\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019703089,"sku":"sku-46526102274206","price":1200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 52 1\/8\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019735857,"sku":"sku-46526102306974","price":1232.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/UconPodmulti-9-Photoroom.jpg?v=1788357675"},{"product_id":"7-light-u-con-interlocking-off-road-led-pod-with-amber-or-white-drl-running-light","title":"7 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light","description":"\u003ch1\u003e7 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting 7 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod is a modular, high-output lighting solution built for off-road enthusiasts who demand performance and flexibility. Engineered around the U-Con Connector system, these pods can be run as individual standalone lights or linked together into a seamless interlocking array - giving you total control over your lighting configuration. This 7-pod setup delivers a combined 183.4 watts and 15.28 amps of driving-focused illumination, making it a serious upgrade for trucks, Jeeps, UTVs, and any off-road build that needs reliable light when the trail goes dark.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Each pod features a driving beam pattern optimized for distance and clarity, and the system comes with mounting brackets ready for installation right out of the box. Whether you're building a bumper bar, light bar replacement, or custom roof mount, the U-Con system adapts to your vision with a clean, factory-finished look.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular U-Con Interlocking Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use pods as standalone units or connect multiple lights with U-Con Connectors for a custom, seamless lighting array.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e183.4W Total Output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seven pods combined deliver 183.4 watts of high-intensity off-road illumination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26.2W Per Pod:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each individual pod outputs 26.2 watts for consistent, powerful performance across the array.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15.28 Amps Total Draw:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated at 2.2A @ 12V per pod, making electrical planning and wiring straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber or White DRL Running Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your preferred daytime running light color at the time of ordering - amber for a classic off-road look or white for a clean, modern appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDriving Beam Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized for long-distance visibility and clarity on the trail or road.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Brackets Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ready for secure, direct installation - no extra hardware needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Free Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a complete wiring harness at checkout for a cleaner, plug-and-play installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by a lifetime warranty from GGLighting for long-term confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Overall Dimension Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measures 34 3\/16\" without spacers or 36 15\/16\" with spacers installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The amber daytime running light gives your build a rugged, traditional off-road aesthetic. Great for overlanders, Jeep builds, and anyone who wants a warm, high-visibility DRL that stands out from the crowd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white daytime running light delivers a clean, modern look that pairs well with most factory LED headlight systems. Ideal for trucks, UTVs, and builds with a sleek, contemporary style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePigtail Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes the pod pigtail connectors so you can wire the lights into your existing electrical setup. Best for experienced builders who already have a wiring harness or prefer a custom installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a complete wiring harness for a simpler, plug-and-play installation. Recommended for most buyers who want a clean, reliable connection without extra sourcing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e34 3\/16\" Without Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The standard overall width of the 7-pod setup. Best for tighter fitment applications or builds where every inch of clearance matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e36 15\/16\" With Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slightly wider configuration with spacers installed for applications that benefit from a bit of additional spread or a specific mounting profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e7 x U-Con Interlocking LED pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePigtail connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWiring harness (if selected at checkout)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The U-Con Interlocking system from GGLighting is built for off-road drivers who won't compromise on light output or build quality. With 183.4 watts across seven pods and a driving beam engineered for distance and clarity, this setup handles everything from late-night trail runs to high-speed desert driving with confidence. The modular design means your lighting array grows with your build - add more pods as your rig evolves without starting over. Backed by a lifetime warranty, these pods are engineered to endure the vibration, dust, and moisture that come with serious off-road use. Whether you're outfitting a dedicated rock crawler, a weekend overlander, or a work truck that earns its miles, the U-Con system delivers professional-grade performance at a price that makes sense. This is lighting gear you'll install once and rely on for the long haul.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGGLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Pods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Wattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e183.4W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage Per Pod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.2W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Amperage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.28A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Per Pod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2A @ 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDRL Color Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmber or White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (Without Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 3\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (With Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 15\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWiring Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePigtail Only or Add Wiring Harness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Brackets Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I add more pods to this 7-light setup later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - that's exactly what the U-Con Interlocking system is designed for. The U-Con Connectors allow you to link additional pods into your existing setup at any time, so your light bar can grow as your build evolves. GGLighting offers the U-Con system in configurations ranging from 2 pods all the way up to 8 pods and beyond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the amber and white DRL options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe DRL (daytime running light) color is purely an aesthetic choice - both amber and white DRLs function identically in terms of visibility and performance. Amber tends to give a more rugged, traditional off-road look and can be easier to see in certain lighting conditions, while white provides a clean, modern appearance that pairs well with most factory LED headlight setups. You select your preference at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need the wiring harness, or is the pigtail enough?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIf you already have a compatible wiring setup on your vehicle or prefer to build your own harness, the pigtail-only option gives you the connections you need to tie into your existing system. For most buyers, especially those who aren't experienced with automotive wiring, adding the free wiring harness is the easier and cleaner option - it provides a complete, plug-and-play connection so you can get your lights up and running quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat vehicles or applications are these pods compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe U-Con LED pods are designed as universal off-road lighting, making them compatible with a wide range of vehicles including trucks, Jeeps, SUVs, UTVs, ATVs, and more. As long as you can mount the included brackets and run a 12V connection, these pods can be adapted to virtually any build. Always check your vehicle's available mounting locations and electrical capacity before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the lifetime warranty cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eGGLighting backs these pods with a lifetime warranty, indicating confidence in their long-term durability. For specific details on what is covered under the warranty - such as defects in materials or workmanship versus physical damage - please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we can help clarify the terms or connect you with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GGLighting","offers":[{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 34 3\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019768625,"sku":"sku-46526088085662","price":840.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 36 15\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019801393,"sku":"sku-46526088118430","price":872.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 34 3\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019834161,"sku":"sku-46526088151198","price":840.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 36 15\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019866929,"sku":"sku-46526088183966","price":872.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 34 3\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019899697,"sku":"sku-46526088216734","price":840.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 36 15\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019932465,"sku":"sku-46526088249502","price":872.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 34 3\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086019965233,"sku":"sku-46526088282270","price":840.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 36 15\/16\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086019998001,"sku":"sku-46526088315038","price":872.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/UconPodmulti-6-Photoroom.jpg?v=1788357675"},{"product_id":"8-light-u-con-interlocking-off-road-led-pod-with-amber-or-white-drl-running-light","title":"8 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light","description":"\u003ch1\u003e8 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod system is a high-output, modular lighting solution built for off-road enthusiasts who refuse to compromise on visibility. This 8-light configuration delivers a combined 209.6 watts of powerful driving beam illumination, cutting through the dark with clarity and distance. At the core of this system is the innovative U-Con interlocking design - each pod can be used independently or linked together seamlessly to create a custom lighting array sized exactly for your rig.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're outfitting a truck, Jeep, UTV, or any other off-road vehicle, this system is engineered to adapt to your build. The optional amber or white DRL daytime running light adds a functional and aggressive look, while the lifetime warranty backs every pod for the long haul. From trail runs to night-time desert racing, this setup is built to perform.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular U-Con Interlocking Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use pods as standalone units or link multiple lights together with U-Con Connectors to build a fully custom, seamless lighting array.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-Light Configuration - 209.6W Total Output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pod outputs 26.2W for a combined 209.6 watts of high-intensity off-road illumination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e17.47 Amps Total Draw:\u003c\/strong\u003e Draws 2.2A per pod at 12V, making it compatible with standard vehicle electrical systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDriving Beam Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized for distance and clarity - ideal for high-speed trail use and night driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Amber or White DRL Running Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your preferred daytime running light color at the time of ordering for style and added visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Size Options - 39 3\/16\" or 42\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the system without spacers at 39 3\/16\" or install the included spacers to extend to 42\" for a wider mounting footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Brackets Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes ready for secure installation with mounting hardware included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Free Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upgrade to a full wiring harness at checkout for a cleaner, plug-and-play installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every pod is backed by a lifetime warranty - built to endure the demands of serious off-road use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBy GGLighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered by a brand dedicated to high-performance automotive and off-road LED lighting solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The amber daytime running light gives your build a classic off-road and rally-inspired look. Amber light is also easier on the eyes in dusty or foggy conditions, making it a popular choice for desert and trail riders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white daytime running light delivers a clean, modern aesthetic that pairs well with most vehicle builds. Best for drivers who prefer a crisp, high-visibility look on road and off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePigtail Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pigtail connection is ideal if you already have a compatible wiring harness in your vehicle or prefer to wire the system yourself. Great for experienced builders and custom installs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a complete wiring harness for a straightforward, plug-and-play installation. Recommended for most buyers - saves time and ensures a clean, reliable electrical connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e39 3\/16\" Without Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The standard configuration without spacers. Best for tighter mounting locations or builds where a more compact bar length is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42\" With Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Installs the included spacers to extend the overall length to 42\". Best for wider bumpers, roof racks, or builds where a broader spread of light is desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e8x U-Con Interlocking LED Pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpacers (for 42\" configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePigtail wiring connector(s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWiring harness (if selected at checkout)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The U-Con 8-Light LED Pod system is the kind of lighting upgrade that transforms how you experience the trail after dark - delivering over 200 watts of focused driving light in a system that was built to last a lifetime. The modular interlocking design means you're not locked into a single bar format; you can expand, reconfigure, or run individual pods as your build evolves. Whether you're a weekend trail rider or a dedicated off-road racer, the flexibility of this system means it grows with your rig.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Backed by a lifetime warranty and built by GGLighting, this is a product you buy once and rely on for years. The choice of amber or white DRL adds a personalized touch that makes your build stand out on the trail and on the street. If you're serious about off-road lighting and want a system that combines raw output, modularity, and long-term reliability, this is it.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGGLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Pods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Wattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e209.6W (26.2W per pod)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Amperage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.47A (2.2A per pod at 12V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (Without Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 3\/16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (With Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDRL Color Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmber or White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWiring Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePigtail Only or Add Wiring Harness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I add more pods to this 8-light setup later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - that's one of the biggest advantages of the U-Con interlocking system. The pods are designed to link together using U-Con Connectors, so you can start with 8 lights and expand your array over time without replacing your existing setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the pigtail-only option and the wiring harness?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe pigtail-only option gives you the connector ends so you can integrate the lights into your existing wiring or build a custom harness yourself. The wiring harness option includes a complete, ready-to-install harness that simplifies the installation process significantly - it's the recommended choice for most users who want a clean, reliable setup without custom wiring work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs amber or white DRL better for off-road use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eBoth are excellent choices, but they serve slightly different purposes. Amber DRL is popular for dusty, foggy, or sandy environments because amber light cuts through particulates more effectively than white. White DRL offers a more modern look and higher perceived brightness in clear conditions. The best choice depends on your typical terrain and personal style preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the spacer do and do I need it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe spacer extends the overall length of the light bar from 39 3\/16\" to 42\". Whether you need it depends on your mounting location. If you have a wider bumper, roof rack, or want a broader light spread, the spacer configuration is the better fit. For tighter mounting spots, the standard 39 3\/16\" length without spacers is the way to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these lights street legal?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eOff-road LED pods are generally intended for off-road use only and may not comply with street-legal lighting regulations in all states or jurisdictions. We recommend checking your local laws before using these lights on public roads. When in doubt, use them for trail, farm, or competition purposes where regulations permit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the lifetime warranty cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eGGLighting backs these pods with a lifetime warranty. For specific details on what is covered - such as defects in materials or workmanship - please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we can get you the full warranty terms from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GGLighting","offers":[{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 39 3\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086020030769,"sku":"sku-46526099783838","price":960.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 42\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086020063537,"sku":"sku-46526099816606","price":992.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 39 3\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086020096305,"sku":"sku-46526099849374","price":960.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 42\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086020129073,"sku":"sku-46526099882142","price":992.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 39 3\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086020161841,"sku":"sku-46526099914910","price":960.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 42\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086020194609,"sku":"sku-46526099947678","price":992.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 39 3\/16\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086020227377,"sku":"sku-46526099980446","price":960.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 42\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086020260145,"sku":"sku-46526100013214","price":992.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/UconPodmulti-7-Photoroom.jpg?v=1788357675"},{"product_id":"6-light-u-con-interlocking-off-road-led-pod-with-amber-or-white-drl-running-light","title":"6 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light","description":"\u003ch1\u003e6 Light U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod With Amber or White DRL Running Light\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The GGLighting U-Con Interlocking Off Road LED Pod system is a modular, high-output lighting solution engineered for serious off-road enthusiasts who demand adaptability without sacrificing performance. This 6-light setup delivers a combined 157.2 watts of driving-beam-optimized illumination, giving you the long-range visibility you need on trails, job sites, or any low-light terrain. Each individual pod is built to work as a standalone unit or link seamlessly with other U-Con pods using the interlocking connector system, letting you customize your light bar configuration to fit your exact rig.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  With the choice of amber or white daytime running lights, this setup pulls double duty - providing maximum output when you need it and a functional DRL presence the rest of the time. Backed by a lifetime warranty and built by GGLighting with reliability as a core priority, this is a system you can count on for the long haul.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular U-Con Interlocking Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connect multiple pods together using U-Con Connectors to build a seamless, custom lighting array - or run each pod independently as a standalone unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-Pod Setup, 157.2W Total Output:\u003c\/strong\u003e Six high-output LED pods combine for 157.2 watts of total power, delivering serious illumination for off-road and work applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26.2W Per Pod:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each individual pod outputs 26.2 watts for strong, consistent performance across the entire array.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber or White DRL Running Light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose your preferred daytime running light color at the time of order - amber for a rugged, aggressive look or white for a clean, modern appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDriving Beam Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized for distance and forward clarity, making these pods ideal for high-speed trail use and open terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurrent Draw: 13.1A Total \/ 2.2A @ 12V Per Pod:\u003c\/strong\u003e Efficient power draw keeps strain on your electrical system minimal even at full output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Brackets Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardware is included for a secure, ready-to-install mounting setup right out of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add a free wiring harness at checkout for a cleaner, more complete installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Overall Dimensions Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measures 29 1\/8\" without spacers or 31 7\/8\" with spacers installed to fit different mounting configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e GGLighting backs this product with a lifetime warranty for long-term peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOptions \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmber DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The amber daytime running light option provides a warm, high-visibility glow that cuts through dust, fog, and haze particularly well. A popular choice for off-road racers and overlanders who frequently drive in variable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite DRL:\u003c\/strong\u003e The white daytime running light gives the pod array a crisp, modern look that pairs well with most factory lighting setups. Great for truck builds, Jeeps, and rigs where a clean aesthetic matters as much as performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePigtail Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes the pod wiring pigtail connection only. Best for those who already have a compatible wiring harness or prefer a fully custom electrical setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Wiring Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a free wiring harness for a simpler, more complete plug-and-play installation. Recommended for most buyers who want a straightforward setup without sourcing additional components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e29 1\/8\" Without Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The compact configuration - ideal for tighter mounting locations or vehicles with limited front-end real estate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e31 7\/8\" With Spacer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extended configuration using spacers, offering additional clearance and flexibility for broader mounting spans or specific bumper setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e6 x U-Con Interlocking LED Pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWiring pigtail(s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWiring harness (if selected at checkout)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eU-Con Connectors for interlocking pod linkage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The U-Con system was designed for the off-roader who refuses to settle for a one-size-fits-all lighting solution. The interlocking modular design means your lighting setup grows with your build - start with six pods today and expand the array later without replacing anything you already have. The combination of a powerful driving beam and a functional DRL means this system earns its place on your rig every single day, not just on the trail.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The optional wiring harness takes the guesswork out of installation, and the included mounting hardware means you're not hunting for parts before you can get to work. With a lifetime warranty standing behind every pod and GGLighting's commitment to high-output, field-tested performance, this is the kind of lighting investment that pays off for years of hard use. Whether you're building a dedicated trail rig, a work truck, or a weekend overlander, the 6-light U-Con setup is a reliable, powerful, and expandable choice you can be confident in.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGGLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Pods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Wattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e157.2W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage Per Pod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.2W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Current Draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.1A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent Draw Per Pod\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2A @ 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriving beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDRL Color Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmber or White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (Without Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 1\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Length (With Spacer)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 7\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWiring Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePigtail Only or Add Wiring Harness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I add more pods to this 6-light setup later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - that's the whole point of the U-Con interlocking system. The pods are designed to link together using U-Con Connectors, so you can expand your array at any time by adding additional pods from the same U-Con lineup. This makes it easy to start with a 6-pod setup and scale up as your build evolves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the amber and white DRL options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe DRL (daytime running light) color is purely an aesthetic and visibility preference. Amber DRL tends to cut through dust, fog, and haze more effectively and is a popular choice for trail and desert off-roading. White DRL provides a cleaner, more modern look that matches most factory lighting setups. The main driving output from the LED pods is the same regardless of which DRL color you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need the wiring harness, or is the pigtail enough?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIf you already have a compatible aftermarket wiring harness or are doing a fully custom electrical install, the pigtail-only option is sufficient. For most buyers, adding the free wiring harness is the easiest and most complete solution - it simplifies installation and ensures everything is properly connected without needing additional components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the 29 1\/8\" and 31 7\/8\" dimension options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 29 1\/8\" measurement is the overall width of the 6-pod array without spacers installed. The 31 7\/8\" measurement reflects the width with spacers in place. Spacers can provide additional clearance and adjust the mounting footprint to better fit certain bumpers or mounting locations. Choose based on your specific vehicle and mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of beam pattern do these pods use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe U-Con LED pods use a driving beam pattern, which is optimized for long-range forward illumination and clarity at distance. This makes them well-suited for high-speed trail driving, open desert runs, or any scenario where you need to see far down the road or track ahead of you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the lifetime warranty cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eGGLighting backs the U-Con LED pods with a lifetime warranty. For specific terms and conditions regarding what is covered under the warranty, we recommend reaching out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we'll be happy to help clarify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GGLighting","offers":[{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 29 1\/8\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086020292913,"sku":"sku-46526082908318","price":720.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Pigtail Only \/ 31 7\/8\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086020325681,"sku":"sku-46526082941086","price":752.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 29 1\/8\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086020358449,"sku":"sku-46526082973854","price":720.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Amber \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 31 7\/8\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086020391217,"sku":"sku-46526083006622","price":752.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 29 1\/8\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086020423985,"sku":"sku-46526083039390","price":720.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Pigtail Only \/ 31 7\/8\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086020456753,"sku":"sku-46526083072158","price":752.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 29 1\/8\" Without Spacer","offer_id":56086020489521,"sku":"sku-46526083104926","price":720.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ Add Wiring Harness \/ 31 7\/8\" With Spacer","offer_id":56086020522289,"sku":"sku-46526083137694","price":752.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/UconPodmulti-5-Photoroom.jpg?v=1788357675"},{"product_id":"comp4-light-bar-kit-for-kawasaki-h2","title":"COMP4 Light Bar Kit for Kawasaki H2","description":"\u003ch1\u003eCOMP4 Light Bar Kit for Kawasaki H2\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The All Terrain Concepts COMP4 Light Bar Kit is a complete, purpose-built LED lighting solution designed specifically for the Kawasaki Teryx H2. Everything you need for a clean, professional install is included right out of the box - no guesswork, no sourcing extra parts. The 43\" COMP4 LED Light Bar delivers high-output illumination built for the demands of serious off-road riding, whether you're navigating trails after dark or pushing through rugged terrain at full speed.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Precision-engineered brackets ensure a vehicle-specific fit that looks factory-clean and holds firm under the toughest conditions. The plug-and-play wiring harness makes installation straightforward, even for riders who aren't electricians. Backed by All Terrain Concepts' industry-leading Lifetime Guarantee, this kit is built to ride as hard as you do for years to come.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e43\" COMP4 LED Light Bar:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-output LED lighting engineered for maximum off-road visibility in night riding and low-visibility conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle-Specific Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed exclusively for the Kawasaki Teryx H2 - no modifications or fabrication required for a secure, clean mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKAWH243 LED Light Bar Brackets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision-engineered brackets built to match the Kawasaki Teryx H2 chassis for a rock-solid, factory-style installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-Way Light Bar Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plug-and-play wiring harness for fast, hassle-free installation with clean, professional results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every component in this kit is backed by All Terrain Concepts' industry-leading Lifetime Guarantee for long-term confidence on every ride.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete All-in-One Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes the light bar, mounting brackets, and wiring harness - everything you need, nothing you don't.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Extreme Conditions:\u003c\/strong\u003e All components are engineered for durability and reliable performance in the harshest off-road environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll Terrain Concepts Brand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed by off-road enthusiasts since 2014 who prioritize quality and value over overpriced or cheaply built alternatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e43\" COMP4 LED Light Bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-Way Light Bar Harness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKAWH243 LED Light Bar Brackets (Kawasaki Teryx H2-specific)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  If you ride the Kawasaki Teryx H2 and want to extend your adventures well past sundown, this kit is the definitive upgrade. All Terrain Concepts has built a reputation among off-road enthusiasts for delivering premium quality without the inflated price tags - and this COMP4 kit is a perfect example of that commitment. The vehicle-specific design means you're not fighting universal brackets or splicing wires; everything goes together cleanly and confidently. The Lifetime Guarantee isn't a marketing gimmick - it's a promise that these components are engineered to hold up through seasons of hard riding. Whether you're a weekend trail rider or a dedicated off-road competitor, this kit gives you the visibility and reliability you need to ride harder and later. It's the kind of upgrade you install once and never think about again.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this kit compatible with all Kawasaki Teryx H2 model years?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis kit is designed specifically for the Kawasaki Teryx H2. If you're unsure about compatibility with your specific model year, please reach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we'll help confirm fitment before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need any special tools or electrical experience to install this kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo special tools or advanced electrical knowledge are required. The kit includes a plug-and-play 3-way light bar harness designed for fast, hassle-free installation. The vehicle-specific brackets also eliminate the need for any drilling or custom fabrication. Most riders with basic mechanical ability can complete the install at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the Lifetime Guarantee cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAll Terrain Concepts backs every product in this kit with their industry-leading Lifetime Guarantee, covering defects in materials and workmanship. For specific coverage details or to make a warranty claim, contact All Terrain Concepts directly or reach out to us and we'll point you in the right direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow bright is the 43\" COMP4 LED Light Bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe COMP4 LED Light Bar is a high-output off-road lighting unit designed to deliver powerful, wide-reaching illumination for night riding and low-visibility terrain. Specific lumen output details are not published by the manufacturer, but it is engineered for serious off-road performance use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I purchase the brackets or light bar separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - All Terrain Concepts does offer the KAWH243 LED Light Bar Brackets separately if you already own a compatible light bar. However, this complete kit offers the best value and ensures all components are perfectly matched for your Kawasaki Teryx H2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"All Terrain Concepts","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56086446375217,"sku":"KAWH2KIT","price":825.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/COMP4KitforKawasakiH2_3.jpg?v=1788359673"},{"product_id":"rzr-pro-r-elite-kit-with-floormats","title":"RZR Pro R - Elite Interior Protection Kit (with floormats)","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRZR Pro R - Elite Kit (with floormats)\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The DKZ Offroad Elite Liner Kit is a comprehensive interior protection solution engineered specifically for the Polaris RZR Pro R. Every component is precision-fitted to your machine, delivering seamless coverage that shields your cab from wear, dust, mud, and UV damage on even the most demanding trails. This isn't a piecemeal setup - it's a fully integrated kit designed so every panel works together for a clean, professional finish.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built for serious off-road enthusiasts who refuse to compromise on either durability or appearance, the Elite Kit covers your roof, doors, console, dash, and floor in one complete package. Whether you're running desert terrain or rocky trails, this kit keeps your interior looking sharp and protected for the long haul.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision-Fitted Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each piece is custom-designed for the Polaris RZR Pro R for a seamless, factory-level fit with no trimming required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Interior Coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes liners for the roof, doors, console, and dash - plus premium floormats - for complete protection in one kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Damage Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Materials are engineered to resist UV degradation, keeping your interior looking new even after extended sun exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust and Wear Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to block fine dust and prevent surface wear on all major interior contact points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Floormats Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty floormats add an extra layer of protection underfoot and are easy to clean after muddy rides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDash Kit with Border Detailing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The dash kit features distinctive border-only detailing for a refined, styled look inside the cab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Design Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in Border Only, Topo, and Delta designs to match your personal style.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYear and Door Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available for 2024 and older as well as 2025 and newer RZR Pro R models, in both 2-door and 4-door configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDKZ Offroad Brand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered by DKZ Offroad, a trusted name in UTV interior protection and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign Options \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBorder Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e A clean, minimal liner with a defined border accent along the edges. Best for riders who want a subtle, polished look that lets the liner's fit and protection speak for itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTopo:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features a topographic map-inspired pattern across the liner surface. A great pick for adventure-minded riders who want their interior to reflect the terrain they love to conquer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDelta:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sports a bold geometric delta pattern for a more aggressive, motorsport-inspired aesthetic. Ideal for riders who want a high-energy, distinctive interior that stands out at the trailhead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStock Roof Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStock Doors Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsole Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStock Roof Panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDash Kit (Border Only detailing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFloormats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  If you're putting serious miles on your RZR Pro R, protecting the interior isn't optional - it's essential. The DKZ Offroad Elite Liner Kit gives you everything you need to keep your cab in top condition, with components that are built to last through seasons of hard use. The precision fit means no rattling, no gaps, and no guesswork - just clean, confident protection from day one.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Trusted by dedicated off-road enthusiasts who take their machines as seriously as their adventures, this kit is the kind of upgrade that pays for itself in preserved resale value and a cab you're proud to sit in. From dusty desert runs to muddy mountain trails, the Elite Kit is engineered to handle the demands of real off-road use - and look great doing it.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this kit fit both the 2-door and 4-door RZR Pro R?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Elite Liner Kit is available in configurations for both 2-door and 4-door Polaris RZR Pro R models. It also covers both 2024 and older as well as 2025 and newer model years, so make sure to select the correct year and door option at checkout for the best fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the design options (Border Only, Topo, Delta)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe design options refer to the visual pattern on the liner surfaces. Border Only features a clean edge accent for a subtle look. Topo uses a topographic map pattern for an adventure-inspired style. Delta features a bold geometric pattern for a more aggressive, motorsport aesthetic. All three designs offer the same level of protection and fit - the choice is purely about personal style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs the Elite Kit difficult to install?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eEach component in the Elite Liner Kit is precision-fitted for the Polaris RZR Pro R, meaning installation is designed to be straightforward with no cutting or trimming required. Most riders are able to complete the install at home with basic hand tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean the floormats and liner components?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe floormats and liner components can typically be wiped down with a damp cloth or rinsed with water. For heavy mud or debris, a mild soap solution works well. Avoid harsh chemical solvents that could damage the liner material or finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this kit protect against UV fading?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Elite Liner Kit is engineered with UV damage protection in mind. The materials are designed to resist UV degradation so your interior stays protected and looking new even after extended exposure to sunlight during outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DKZ Offroad","offers":[{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086487990577,"sku":"sku-53807493873977","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086488023345,"sku":"sku-53807493906745","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086488056113,"sku":"sku-53807493939513","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086488088881,"sku":"sku-53807493972281","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086488121649,"sku":"sku-53807494005049","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086488154417,"sku":"sku-53807494037817","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086488187185,"sku":"sku-53807494070585","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086488219953,"sku":"sku-53807494103353","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086488252721,"sku":"sku-53807494136121","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086488285489,"sku":"sku-53807494168889","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086488318257,"sku":"sku-53807494201657","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086488351025,"sku":"sku-53807494234425","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086488383793,"sku":"sku-53807494267193","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086488416561,"sku":"sku-53807494299961","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086488449329,"sku":"sku-53807494332729","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086488482097,"sku":"sku-53807494365497","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086488514865,"sku":"sku-53807494398265","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086488547633,"sku":"sku-53807494431033","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086488580401,"sku":"sku-53807494463801","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086488613169,"sku":"sku-53807494496569","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086488645937,"sku":"sku-53807494529337","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086488678705,"sku":"sku-53807494562105","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086488711473,"sku":"sku-53807494594873","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086488744241,"sku":"sku-53807494627641","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086488777009,"sku":"sku-53807494660409","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086488809777,"sku":"sku-53807494693177","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086488842545,"sku":"sku-53807494725945","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086488875313,"sku":"sku-53807494758713","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086488908081,"sku":"sku-53807494791481","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2024 \u0026 older (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086488940849,"sku":"sku-53807494824249","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086488973617,"sku":"sku-53807494857017","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086489006385,"sku":"sku-53807494889785","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086489039153,"sku":"sku-53807494922553","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086489071921,"sku":"sku-53807494955321","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086489104689,"sku":"sku-53807494988089","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086489137457,"sku":"sku-53807495020857","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086489170225,"sku":"sku-53807495053625","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086489202993,"sku":"sku-53807495086393","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086489235761,"sku":"sku-53807495119161","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086489268529,"sku":"sku-53807495151929","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086489301297,"sku":"sku-53807495184697","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086489334065,"sku":"sku-53807495217465","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086489366833,"sku":"sku-53807495250233","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086489399601,"sku":"sku-53807495283001","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (2 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086489432369,"sku":"sku-53807495315769","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086489465137,"sku":"sku-53807495348537","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086489497905,"sku":"sku-53807495381305","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086489530673,"sku":"sku-53807495414073","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086489563441,"sku":"sku-53807495446841","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Border Only \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086489596209,"sku":"sku-53807495479609","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086489628977,"sku":"sku-53807495512377","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086489661745,"sku":"sku-53807495545145","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086489694513,"sku":"sku-53807495577913","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086489727281,"sku":"sku-53807495610681","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Topo \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086489760049,"sku":"sku-53807495643449","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Graphite\/Black","offer_id":56086489792817,"sku":"sku-53807495676217","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Graphite","offer_id":56086489825585,"sku":"sku-53807495708985","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Red","offer_id":56086489858353,"sku":"sku-53807495741753","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Blue","offer_id":56086489891121,"sku":"sku-53807495774521","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2025 \u0026 newer (4 Door ) \/ Delta \/ Black\/Desert Tan","offer_id":56086489923889,"sku":"sku-53807495807289","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/1000028299.jpg?v=1788359838"},{"product_id":"apex-5-modular-lightbar","title":"Apex-5 Modular Lightbar","description":"\u003ch1\u003eApex-5 Modular Lightbar\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Cavalier Lighting Apex-5 Modular Lightbar is a rugged, high-output off-road lighting solution built for drivers who demand serious performance on the trail. Each bar is assembled from individual 5-inch pods, delivering 5,600 usable lumens and 56 watts of power per pod - making this one of the most customizable and scalable lightbars available. With an IP68 waterproof rating and a 50,000-hour lifespan, this bar is engineered to handle the harshest conditions mile after mile.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Available in a wide range of lengths and light color configurations, the Apex-5 is ideal for overlanders, off-road racers, hunters, and anyone who needs reliable, powerful illumination in the field. Every bar is built to order by Cavalier Lighting and backed by their Lifetime Warranty, giving you confidence that your investment will last for years of demanding use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Pod Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built from individual 5-inch pods, allowing you to choose from 3 to 9 pods (17\" to 52\") for your exact fit and output needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5,600 LM (Usable) Per Pod:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivers exceptional usable lumens per pod for powerful, long-range illumination on the trail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e56W Per Pod:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-wattage output ensures maximum brightness without straining your electrical system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12V Operating Voltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with standard 12V vehicle electrical systems - no additional components needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP68 Waterproof Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully sealed against dust and water ingress, built to survive mud, rain, river crossings, and everything in between.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50,000-Hour Lifespan:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long-lasting LED technology means you won't be replacing this bar anytime soon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Light Color Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in Clear, Yellow, or Dual configuration to match your driving environment and preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to Order:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each bar is individually assembled after purchase, ensuring quality craftsmanship on every unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Cavalier Lighting's full Lifetime Warranty for total peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping Nationwide:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ships free anywhere in the continental United States.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSize \u0026amp; Color Options - Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e17\" - 3 Pods:\u003c\/strong\u003e The most compact configuration, ideal for smaller bumpers, A-pillars, or trucks where space is at a premium but you still want serious off-road lighting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22\" - 4 Pods:\u003c\/strong\u003e A versatile mid-small size well-suited for side-by-sides, UTVs, or tight roof rack setups requiring a balance of output and fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32\" - 5 Pods:\u003c\/strong\u003e A popular mid-range length that works great on most full-size truck roofs and Jeep builds needing strong all-around coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35\" - 6 Pods:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steps up the output and spread for drivers who want broader illumination on wide open trails and backroads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42\" - 7 Pods:\u003c\/strong\u003e A large-format bar designed for full-size SUVs and trucks that need maximum trail visibility without going full-width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e47\" - 8 Pods:\u003c\/strong\u003e Near-full-width coverage delivering exceptional throw and flood, perfect for high-speed desert running or large overland rigs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e52\" - 9 Pods:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flagship configuration - maximum output and width for the most demanding builds and the darkest trails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard white light output for maximum visibility in most off-road and trail conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm yellow tint cuts through fog, dust, and rain more effectively - great for rally-style driving and adverse weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combines clear and yellow output in a single bar, giving you the flexibility to run the light best suited to current conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Apex-5 Modular Lightbars are built on an individual basis and typically ship within 72 hours of order. Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApex-5 Modular Lightbar (configuration as selected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Apex-5 Modular Lightbar from Cavalier Lighting is trusted by off-road enthusiasts who refuse to compromise on quality or performance. Built to order and backed by a Lifetime Warranty, this isn't a mass-produced light bar pulled off a shelf - it's a precision-assembled piece of trail gear built specifically for you. The IP68 waterproof rating and 50,000-hour LED lifespan mean you can push this light through years of hard use without worry.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're building out a dedicated race rig, a weekend overlander, or a work truck that sees rough terrain daily, the Apex-5 scales to fit your exact needs. With multiple length configurations and light color options, you can dial in the perfect setup for your vehicle and your environment. If you're looking for a lightbar that delivers professional-grade output and durability at a serious value, the Apex-5 is the one.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePod Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage (per pod)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsable Lumens (per pod)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,600 LM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP68\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLED Lifespan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17\" (3 pods), 22\" (4 pods), 32\" (5 pods), 35\" (6 pods), 42\" (7 pods), 47\" (8 pods), 52\" (9 pods)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight Color Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear, Yellow, Dual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBuild Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt to order - typically ships within 72 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"modular\" mean for the Apex-5?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Apex-5 is built from individual 5-inch pods that are assembled together into a single lightbar. This means you can choose exactly how many pods - and therefore how long and how powerful - your bar is. From 3 pods (17\") all the way up to 9 pods (52\"), you pick the configuration that fits your vehicle and your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Clear, Yellow, and Dual light color options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eClear output provides standard white light, offering the best raw visibility in typical off-road and trail conditions. Yellow tint is designed to cut through fog, dust, rain, and other low-visibility conditions more effectively than white light. Dual combines both clear and yellow elements in the same bar, giving you the versatility to handle a wider range of environments without swapping lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to receive my Apex-5 after ordering?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eSince each bar is built to order, Cavalier Lighting typically ships within 72 hours of your order being placed. If you need a more specific delivery estimate, feel free to reach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com before or after placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the Apex-5 truly waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Apex-5 carries an IP68 waterproof rating, which is the highest standard for water and dust ingress protection. This means the bar is fully sealed and rated for continuous submersion - easily handling rain, mud, river crossings, and high-pressure washing without issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat vehicles is the Apex-5 compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Apex-5 operates on a standard 12V electrical system, making it compatible with the vast majority of trucks, SUVs, Jeeps, UTVs, and side-by-sides. With sizes ranging from 17\" to 52\", there is a configuration suited to nearly any mounting location including roof racks, bumpers, A-pillars, and windshield frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Apex-5 come with mounting hardware?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe product listing does not specify included mounting hardware. We recommend contacting us at service@omahasportsandgames.com to confirm exactly what is included with your specific configuration before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Cavalier Lighting","offers":[{"title":"Clear \/ 17\" (3 Pods)","offer_id":56086541271345,"sku":"sku-49607832797490","price":495.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear \/ 22\" (4 Pods)","offer_id":56086541304113,"sku":"sku-49607832830258","price":645.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear \/ 32\" (5 Pods)","offer_id":56086541336881,"sku":"sku-49607832863026","price":795.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear \/ 35\" (6 Pods)","offer_id":56086541369649,"sku":"sku-49607832895794","price":945.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear \/ 42\" (7 Pods)","offer_id":56086541402417,"sku":"sku-49607832928562","price":1095.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear \/ 47\" (8 Pods)","offer_id":56086541435185,"sku":"sku-49607832961330","price":1245.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear \/ 52\" (9 Pods)","offer_id":56086541467953,"sku":"sku-49607832994098","price":1395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 17\" (3 Pods)","offer_id":56086541500721,"sku":"sku-49607833256242","price":495.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 22\" (4 Pods)","offer_id":56086541533489,"sku":"sku-49607833289010","price":645.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 32\" (5 Pods)","offer_id":56086541566257,"sku":"sku-49607833321778","price":795.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 35\" (6 Pods)","offer_id":56086541599025,"sku":"sku-49607833354546","price":945.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 42\" (7 Pods)","offer_id":56086541631793,"sku":"sku-49607833387314","price":1095.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 47\" (8 Pods)","offer_id":56086541664561,"sku":"sku-49607833420082","price":1245.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow \/ 52\" (9 Pods)","offer_id":56086541697329,"sku":"sku-49607833452850","price":1395.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dual \/ 17\" (3 Pods)","offer_id":56086541730097,"sku":"sku-50971080589618","price":525.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dual \/ 22\" (4 Pods)","offer_id":56086541762865,"sku":"sku-50971080622386","price":685.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dual \/ 32\" (5 Pods)","offer_id":56086541795633,"sku":"sku-50971080655154","price":845.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dual \/ 35\" (6 Pods)","offer_id":56086541828401,"sku":"sku-50971080687922","price":1005.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dual \/ 42\" (7 Pods)","offer_id":56086541861169,"sku":"sku-50971080720690","price":1165.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Dual \/ 47\" (8 Pods)","offer_id":56086541893937,"sku":"sku-50971080753458","price":1325.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dual \/ 52\" (9 Pods)","offer_id":56086541926705,"sku":"sku-50971080786226","price":1485.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/apex-5-modular-lightbar-4258416.jpg?v=1788360089"},{"product_id":"2010-2022-toyota-4runner-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2010-2022 Toyota 4Runner Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2010-2022 Toyota 4Runner Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a precision-engineered, American-made solution for 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners who refuse to be limited by range. Built from 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum and finished in a hammer satin black powder coat, this system is as tough as the terrain it's designed for - tested regularly from 5,000 to 13,000 feet without failure. It mounts invisibly above the bumper line, preserving your factory KDSS, factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch without compromise.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Filling is seamless - just use your factory filler neck and both tanks fill simultaneously. When it's time to transfer fuel, the included programmable transfer switch, fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender make the process clean and simple. Whether you're a daily commuter stretching your range or a hardcore overlander pushing deep into the backcountry, this system is built to go where you go.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dramatically extends driving range for long hauls, off-grid adventures, and overlanding expeditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-gauge, corrosion-resistant aluminum delivers serious durability without unnecessary weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rugged, attractive finish that holds up against trail abuse and the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through the factory filler neck - both the main and auxiliary tanks fill simultaneously, no extra steps required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance, Low-Profile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line and remains nearly invisible while keeping ground clearance intact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKDSS, Air Ride \u0026amp; Hitch Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically designed to retain your factory KDSS system, air ride suspension, and Class 4 receiver hitch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows you to share fuel with another vehicle (\"fill a friend\") directly from the auxiliary tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design minimizes hose complexity and leak potential for long-term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Transfer Switch \u0026amp; Fuel Level Gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included high-quality switch lets you manage fuel transfer with precision and monitor levels at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Designed \u0026amp; Built in Colorado, USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every system is engineered and manufactured in the USA, with all hardware included for a complete install.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon auxiliary fuel tank (1\/8\" 5052 aluminum)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch \/ fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design built this system with a no-compromises philosophy - and it shows in every detail. This isn't an afterthought bolted onto your rig; it's a purpose-built, fully integrated system that feels and functions like it belongs there. Trusted by commuters and overlanders alike, it has been real-world tested across some of Colorado's most demanding terrain, elevation changes, and trail conditions - and it has never let its owners down. The fact that it preserves every major factory system (KDSS, air ride, Class 4 hitch, and evap) means you're adding capability without sacrificing anything you already rely on. With a recommended install time of just 4 hours and everything included in the kit, you'll be on the road - and far down the trail - in no time. For 4Runner owners who demand more range and more capability, this is the auxiliary fuel solution built to match your ambitions.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner 5th Gen, 2010-2024\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufactured\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColorado, USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this system work with my factory KDSS or air ride suspension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Helivue Design auxiliary tank is specifically engineered to retain your factory KDSS (Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System), factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch. You won't need to remove or modify any of these systems to install the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does the tank fill - do I need a separate filler port?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo separate filler port is needed. The system uses an OEM split fill point, meaning you fill through your factory filler neck just like normal. Both your main tank and the auxiliary tank fill simultaneously, so there's no extra step or separate fueling process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes installing this tank require relocating the spare tire?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, spare tire relocation is required as part of this installation. This is expected for auxiliary undertray fuel systems on the 4Runner and is factored into the recommended 4-hour install time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit includes a high-quality programmable fuel transfer switch and fuel level gauge, along with a fuel pump and stainless steel fuel level sender. When you're ready to transfer fuel, simply use the included transfer switch to pump fuel from the auxiliary tank into the main tank. The gauge lets you monitor levels so you always know what you have available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs professional installation recommended, or can I do this myself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe system is designed to be installed by a capable DIYer with basic mechanical skills. Helivue Design estimates a recommended install time of 4 hours, and everything you need is included in the kit - stainless steel clamps, hardware, bung, and all components. If you're not comfortable working with fuel systems, professional installation is always a safe option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat years and models is this system compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis specific system is designed for the Toyota 4Runner 5th Generation, covering model years 2010 through 2024. Helivue Design also offers separate auxiliary tank systems for 2003-2009 4Runners, 2023-2024 4Runners, and other Toyota models including the Tacoma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084335409,"sku":"sku-46157964050690","price":1900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DSC0206.jpg?v=1788363424"},{"product_id":"2005-2015-toyota-tacoma-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2005-2015 Toyota Tacoma Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2005-2015 Toyota Tacoma Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a no-compromises range extension solution built specifically for the 2005-2015 Toyota Tacoma (2nd Gen). Designed, engineered, and manufactured in Colorado, USA, this system is purpose-built for both the daily commuter and the hardcore overlander who refuses to be limited by a single tank. The tank is constructed from thicker 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum with superior corrosion resistance and a hammer finish satin black powder coat that looks sharp and holds up in the harshest conditions.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The system integrates seamlessly with your Tacoma's factory filler neck, filling both tanks simultaneously so there's no extra step - just pull up to a pump and go. Tucking tightly above the bumper line, this auxiliary tank stays nearly invisible while maintaining high clearance and keeping all factory evap systems fully intact. Everything needed for installation is included in the kit, and the system has been proven at elevations from 5,000 to 13,000 feet without failure.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dramatically extends your driving range - ideal for remote overlanding, long hauls, or off-grid adventures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-gauge aluminum alloy delivers superior corrosion resistance and long-term durability under real-world abuse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tough, rugged exterior finish that resists chips, scratches, and the elements while keeping a clean look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through your factory filler neck and simultaneously fills both the auxiliary and stock tank at once - no extra effort required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line so it stays nearly invisible and does not sacrifice ground clearance or approach angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory Evap System Preserved:\u003c\/strong\u003e All factory evaporative emission systems remain fully in place - no emissions compliance concerns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows you to \"fill a friend\" directly from the auxiliary tank when needed in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates excess complexity and hosing, minimizing potential failure points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Fuel Transfer Switch \u0026amp; Gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included high-quality transfer switch lets you monitor and manage fuel levels between tanks with precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Made in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed, built, and tested in Colorado - engineered to handle real-world demands at altitude and off-road.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpare Tire Relocation:\u003c\/strong\u003e System requires and accommodates spare tire relocation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch \/ fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design built this system for people who actually use their Tacoma to the fullest - weekend warriors, overlanders, and working truck owners who can't afford to run out of fuel miles from a gas station. This tank has been beaten, bashed, and landed on across thousands of miles of Colorado backcountry driving at extreme elevations, and it has never failed. The clean, above-bumper integration means you get a massive range boost without giving up the utility or look of your truck.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  With everything included for a straightforward installation and a recommended install time of just 4 hours, this is a practical upgrade any mechanically inclined Tacoma owner can tackle. Trusted by commuters and serious overlanders alike, this is the kind of American-made quality that pays off every time you venture further than the fuel gauge says you should. If you rely on your Tacoma, this auxiliary fuel system is one of the most impactful upgrades you can make.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelocate Spare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2005-2015 Toyota Tacoma (2nd Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - customer installation, estimated 4 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this tank fit my 2005-2015 Toyota Tacoma without modifications?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this system is designed specifically for the 2nd Gen Toyota Tacoma (2005-2015) and is engineered to integrate with your factory filler neck and evap system without major modifications. Note that spare tire relocation is required as part of the installation. The recommended install time is approximately 4 hours for a mechanically experienced installer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this tank affect my factory evaporative emission system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. The Helivue Design auxiliary tank is specifically engineered to keep all factory evaporative emission systems fully intact. You do not need to modify or delete any OEM emissions components to install this system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does fueling work - do I need to fill both tanks separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - one of the standout features of this system is that it fills through your factory filler neck and simultaneously fills both the auxiliary and the main tank at once. Just fill up as you normally would and both tanks receive fuel at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe included programmable fuel transfer switch and fuel level gauge let you manage the transfer of fuel from the auxiliary tank to your main tank. The kit also includes a quality fuel pump and stainless steel fuel level sender to make monitoring and transferring fuel easy and reliable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this system affect ground clearance or the appearance of my truck?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe tank is designed with a high-clearance profile that tucks above the bumper line, keeping it nearly invisible from the outside. Your ground clearance and approach angle are preserved, and the satin black powder coat finish blends naturally with most Tacoma setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this system legal to use on public roads?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe system preserves all factory evap and emissions components, which supports road legality. However, regulations can vary by state or region. We recommend checking your local emissions and fuel system regulations before installing any auxiliary fuel system on a road-registered vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084368177,"sku":"sku-47464936407298","price":1900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DSC0215.jpg?v=1788363427"},{"product_id":"2025-current-toyota-4runner-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2025-Current Toyota 4Runner Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2025-Current Toyota 4Runner Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a purpose-built range extender engineered specifically for the 2025 and newer Toyota 4Runner. Designed and manufactured 100% in Colorado, this system adds 18 gallons of fuel capacity using a lightweight, high-clearance aluminum tank that tucks neatly above the bumper line - staying virtually invisible while preserving every key factory feature. Unlike bulky aftermarket alternatives, this system is fully compatible with KDSS, Factory Air Ride, and your Class 4 receiver hitch, making it the go-to choice for overlanders and daily drivers who refuse to compromise.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The tank fills simultaneously with your main tank through the factory filler neck, so there's no guesswork or extra steps at the pump. Built from thicker 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum with superior corrosion resistance, this system has been tested and beaten across Colorado's Front Range from 5,000 to 13,000 feet of elevation without failure. Whether you're chasing remote trailheads or grinding through long highway commutes, this fuel system gives you the confidence to go further.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a full 18 gallons of auxiliary fuel - dramatically extending your 4Runner's range for overlanding, remote travel, or long commutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker aluminum alloy provides superior corrosion resistance and durability over standard tank materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills simultaneously through your factory filler neck alongside the main tank - no separate filling process required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves KDSS, Factory Air Ride, and Class 4 Hitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed so you keep every key factory system intact - no sacrifices to install this tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance, Low-Profile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line and remains nearly invisible, preserving approach and departure angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimal Modification Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolts directly into existing frame locations with almost no drilling or custom fabrication needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in side pickup allows you to transfer fuel to another vehicle when needed - great for trail groups and remote expeditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates unnecessary complexity and extra hosing to minimize potential failure points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Fuel Transfer System Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kit comes with a programmable fuel transfer switch, fuel level gauge, quality fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% USA Designed, Built, and Tested:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered and manufactured in Colorado, and proven on real terrain from 5,000 to 13,000 feet elevation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon 5052 aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch with fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design built this system for people who actually use their 4Runner - the overlanders pushing deep into the backcountry and the commuters logging serious highway miles far from the nearest fuel station. This isn't a compromise-filled bolt-on; it's a precision-engineered solution that respects your 4Runner's factory engineering while meaningfully extending what it can do. The fact that it keeps KDSS, factory air suspension, and your receiver hitch fully functional speaks to how thoughtfully it was designed. Proven at altitude across Colorado's most demanding terrain, this tank isn't just tough on paper - it's been validated in the real world. With everything needed for installation included in the kit and a recommended install time of just 5 hours, you'll be on the road with extended range faster than you'd expect. If you're serious about your 4Runner's capability, this is the fuel system it deserves.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (simultaneous fill through factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner 2025 - Current\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufactured In\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColorado, USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this tank work with my 4Runner's KDSS or factory air ride suspension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Helivue Design auxiliary tank is specifically engineered to maintain full compatibility with KDSS (Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System), factory air ride, and your Class 4 receiver hitch. No suspension modifications are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the tank fill up? Do I need a separate filler cap or hose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo separate fill point is needed. The auxiliary tank fills simultaneously with your main tank through the factory filler neck. When you pump fuel at the station, both tanks fill at the same time - completely seamless and hassle-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much fabrication or modification is required for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eVery little. The system is designed to bolt into existing frame locations with almost no modification required. The recommended install time is approximately 5 hours, and everything needed for installation is included in the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this system require the spare tire to be relocated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, spare tire relocation is required as part of the installation. This is noted in the product specifications. Helivue Design accounts for this in the overall system design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this system to transfer fuel to another vehicle on the trail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the tank features a fuel pickup on the side corner specifically to allow fuel transfer to another vehicle when needed. Combined with the included programmable fuel transfer switch and pump, this makes it easy to \"fill a friend\" in a pinch during remote travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this compatible with 4Runner model years other than 2025-current?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis specific kit is designed for 2025 and newer Toyota 4Runners. Helivue Design also makes auxiliary fuel tank systems for earlier 4Runner generations (2003-2009, 2010-2022, and 2023-2024), so be sure to select the kit that matches your exact model year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084400945,"sku":"sku-47007702483202","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Iso_View.jpg?v=1788363424"},{"product_id":"2022-current-toyota-tundra-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2022-Current Toyota Tundra Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2022-Current Toyota Tundra Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a premium, no-compromises range extension solution built specifically for the 2022-and-newer Toyota Tundra. Designed and manufactured 100% in Colorado, this lightweight aluminum tank is engineered for both the daily commuter who wants the freedom of extended range and the hardcore overlander pushing deep into the backcountry. Constructed from thicker 3mm 5052 aluminum with a Hammer Finish powder-coat, this system is built to withstand the harshest conditions - it has been thoroughly beat, bashed, and driven at elevations from 5,000 to 13,000 feet without failure.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  One of the most thoughtfully integrated auxiliary fuel systems on the market, this tank preserves your Tundra's KDSS, Factory Air Ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch - no sacrifices required. It tucks above the bumper line for a virtually invisible, high-clearance profile and keeps all factory evap systems in place. Fueling is seamless: fill through your factory filler neck and both tanks fill simultaneously, so you never have to think about switching between them.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds significant range to your Tundra without the bulk of a bed-mounted solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3mm 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-than-standard aluminum chosen for superior corrosion resistance and off-road durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Powder-Coating:\u003c\/strong\u003e A tough, attractive finish that resists chips, scratches, and the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through your factory filler neck - both tanks fill simultaneously, requiring zero extra steps at the pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves KDSS, Air Ride \u0026amp; Class 4 Hitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed specifically so you keep every major factory system intact - no compromises.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance, Invisible Profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line for a clean look and maintained ground clearance, critical for overlanding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-In Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounts to existing frame locations - almost no modification required. Recommended install time is 5 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Fuel Transfer Switch \u0026amp; Gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a high-quality programmable fuel transfer switch with integrated fuel level gauge for easy fuel management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Hardware Kit Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel clamps, stainless steel hardware, bung, quality fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender all included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% designed, built, and tested in Colorado - field-tested at elevation across demanding terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-Gallon 5052 Aluminum Auxiliary Fuel Tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch with fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  If you've ever been forced to turn around early because of a fuel gauge ticking toward empty in the middle of nowhere, the Helivue Design auxiliary tank changes everything. This system was born out of real-world demands - tested on Colorado mountain roads, off-road trails, and daily commutes alike - giving you confidence that it will perform when it matters most. The nearly invisible installation means your Tundra looks factory-clean while quietly carrying an extra 18 gallons of range. Trusted by overlanders and off-road enthusiasts who refuse to compromise their factory systems, this tank is the gold standard for Tundra fuel capacity upgrades. Built entirely in the USA with premium materials and a complete installation kit, it's a long-term investment in freedom and capability. Whether you're managing a long haul between fuel stops or venturing where stations simply don't exist, this system gives you the range to go further with total peace of mind.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck, simultaneous fill)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight - Dry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight - Wet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e133 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3mm 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Powder-Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelocate Spare Tire\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Tundra 2022 - Current\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDelivery Estimate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarting August 2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this auxiliary tank work with my Tundra's KDSS, Factory Air Ride, or receiver hitch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this system is specifically designed to preserve all three. You will not need to remove or modify your KDSS system, factory air ride suspension, or Class 4 receiver hitch. This is one of the key engineering priorities of the Helivue Design system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes the spare tire need to be relocated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, spare tire relocation is required with this installation. This is noted in the product specifications. Plan for a spare tire relocation solution as part of your installation process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDo I need to modify my exhaust system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, one modification is required - you will need to remove the rearmost tail pipe. This can be done by replacing it with an aftermarket turndown pipe (SXTH Element makes a compatible one) or by cutting the factory rearmost tail pipe down. Other than this, the system bolts into existing frame locations with almost no other modifications needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does the fueling process work? Do I have to fill two separate tanks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - fueling is completely seamless. The auxiliary tank fills through your factory filler neck and both tanks fill simultaneously. There is no separate filler point or manual switching required at the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow long does installation take, and can I do it myself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe recommended install time is approximately 5 hours. The tank bolts into existing frame locations with almost no modification required, and the kit includes all necessary hardware - stainless steel clamps, hardware, bung, fuel pump, and fuel level sender. A mechanically experienced DIYer can handle this installation, though professional installation is always an option for those who prefer it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhen will my order ship?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDelivery for this product is expected to begin in August 2026. Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for the most up-to-date delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details for your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084433713,"sku":"sku-47623165509890","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/4th-gen-tacoma-auxiliary-fuel-tank-3rd-gen-tundra_861cca13-d02f-433d-80aa-16e5b824e94d.jpg?v=1788363424"},{"product_id":"2023-2024-toyota-4runner-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2023-2024 Toyota 4Runner Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2023-2024 Toyota 4Runner Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a no-compromises solution for 2023-2024 Toyota 4Runner owners who demand serious range without sacrificing factory functionality. Designed, built, and tested 100% in the USA - right out of Colorado - this lightweight aluminum tank tucks neatly above the bumper line, keeping your KDSS, factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch fully intact. The system fills through your factory filler neck, simultaneously topping off both tanks at once, so fueling up is as seamless as it gets.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nBuilt from 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum with a hammer finish satin black powder coat, this tank is engineered to handle the punishment of serious overlanding - tested regularly from 5,000 to 13,000 feet of elevation without failure. Whether you're a daily commuter looking to stretch fuel stops or a hardcore overlander pushing deep into the backcountry, this system delivers the extended range and reliability you need.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a full 18 gallons of auxiliary fuel range, dramatically extending time between fill-ups on long hauls or remote trails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-gauge aluminum chosen for superior corrosion resistance and structural durability in harsh conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rugged, good-looking finish that resists chips, scratches, and weathering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through your factory filler neck - both the main and auxiliary tanks fill simultaneously with no extra steps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance, Low-Profile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line for a nearly invisible install that preserves ground clearance and vehicle aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves Factory Systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with KDSS, factory air ride, factory evap systems, and Class 4 receiver hitch - nothing gets deleted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated side-corner fuel pickup port allows you to use the tank to fill another vehicle in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates unnecessary complexity and hosing to minimize potential leak points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Transfer System Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a programmable fuel transfer switch\/fuel level gauge, quality fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpare Tire Relocation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Relocates the spare tire as part of the install, cleanly integrating the system into the vehicle's undercarriage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% USA Designed, Built, and Tested:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manufactured in Colorado and proven at altitude - 5,000 to 13,000 feet - under real-world overlanding conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18-gallon aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch \/ fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nHelivue Design built this system for people who take their 4Runner seriously - whether that means a 500-mile daily commute week or a week-long overland expedition far from the nearest gas station. This isn't a bolt-on compromise; it's a purpose-engineered system that keeps every factory feature intact while adding a full 18 gallons of range. Made in the USA from premium 5052 aluminum and proven at high altitude under punishing real-world conditions, this tank is the kind of gear you install once and trust for years. The clean, above-bumper-line fitment means no one will even know it's there - until you pull up to the pump half as often as everyone else. For overlanders, off-roaders, and long-distance commuters who refuse to sacrifice capability for convenience, the Helivue Design auxiliary fuel system is the definitive upgrade for your 5th Gen 4Runner.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner 5th Gen (2010-2024)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrigin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned, Built, and Tested in the USA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this tank work with my 4Runner's KDSS or factory air ride?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Helivue Design system is specifically engineered to preserve your KDSS, factory air ride, factory evap systems, and Class 4 receiver hitch. Nothing gets removed or modified. The tank tucks above the bumper line to avoid interference with these factory systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to do anything different when filling up at a gas station?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo extra steps required. The auxiliary tank fills through your factory filler neck, and both the main and auxiliary tanks fill simultaneously. It's a completely seamless experience - just pull up to the pump as usual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit includes a programmable fuel transfer switch and fuel level gauge, along with a quality fuel pump and stainless steel fuel level sender. You can easily initiate a transfer from inside the vehicle whenever you need to move fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this tank to fuel another vehicle in the field?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the tank features a dedicated fuel pickup on the side corner specifically for this purpose. It's a great feature for group overlanding trips where a fellow traveler may run low on fuel in a remote area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow difficult is installation, and will I need a professional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe recommended install time is approximately 4 hours. The kit includes all necessary hardware - stainless steel clamps, hardware, and bung - so no sourcing extra parts. A mechanically inclined owner with basic tools can tackle this install, though professional installation is always an option for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this system compatible with all 5th Gen 4Runners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis specific system is designed for 2023-2024 Toyota 4Runner 5th Gen models. Helivue Design also offers versions for 2010-2022 model years, so be sure to select the correct listing for your year to ensure proper fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084466481,"sku":"sku-47707792081154","price":2100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DSC0206_8731bfd8-0faf-40c1-8144-9a2c8669b1cc.jpg?v=1788363425"},{"product_id":"2023-lexus-gx460-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2023 Lexus GX460 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2023 Lexus GX460 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 2023 Lexus GX460 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System adds 18 gallons of fuel capacity to your GX460 without sacrificing any of the factory equipment you rely on. Designed and manufactured in Colorado, this system is built for commuters and hardcore overlanders alike - tested at altitudes from 5,000 to 13,000 feet under real-world punishment without failure. Constructed from thick 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum with a hammer finish satin black powder coat, it delivers serious corrosion resistance and rugged durability in a lightweight package.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The system tucks above the bumper line, making it nearly invisible while preserving your KDSS, factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch. It fills through your factory filler neck and simultaneously tops off both tanks at once - no extra steps needed. When you need to transfer fuel on the trail, the included programmable transfer switch, fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender make the process simple and reliable.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a full 18 gallons of usable fuel range - ideal for remote overland routes and long-haul commutes alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker aluminum alloy chosen for superior corrosion resistance and long-term durability in harsh conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aggressive, durable finish that resists chips and corrosion while blending with factory undercarriage aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through your factory filler neck - both tanks fill simultaneously with no extra effort or secondary fill point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Clearance, Above-Bumper-Line Profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks neatly above the bumper line for a stealthy, low-profile install that protects the tank on the trail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves KDSS, Factory Air Ride \u0026amp; Class 4 Hitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e No compromises - your factory systems and receiver hitch remain fully intact and functional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorner Fuel Pickup (\"Fill a Friend\"):\u003c\/strong\u003e Side-corner fuel pickup allows you to gravity-feed or pump fuel to another vehicle when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates unnecessary hosing and fittings to minimize potential leak points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Fuel Transfer Switch \u0026amp; Gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included high-quality transfer switch with integrated fuel level gauge gives you full control over fuel management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Designed, Built \u0026amp; Tested in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered and manufactured in Colorado - every unit is tested before it ships.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon 5052 aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch with fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design built this system for people who push their GX460 to the limit - whether that means remote overland expeditions across Colorado's backcountry or long daily commutes far from the nearest gas station. Every component is sourced and assembled in the USA, and the tank itself has been driven hard over thousands of miles and extreme elevation changes without a single failure. The no-compromise design philosophy means you don't have to give anything up - your factory KDSS suspension, air ride, and receiver hitch all stay exactly where they belong.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Installation is straightforward with everything included in the kit, and the recommended 4-hour install time means you're back on the road or trail the same day. The nearly invisible profile above the bumper line keeps your GX looking factory-clean while secretly doubling your range. For overlanders, remote workers, and adventurers who can't afford to run dry, this is the auxiliary fuel system built to match the demands of real-world use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2023 Lexus GX460\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufactured\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this system work with my GX460's KDSS and factory air suspension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - one of the core design goals of this system is to preserve all factory equipment. Your KDSS (Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System), factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch remain completely intact and fully functional after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDo I need to fill the auxiliary tank separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. The system uses an OEM split fill point, meaning fuel flows through your factory filler neck and simultaneously fills both the factory tank and the auxiliary tank at the same time. There is no secondary fill cap or separate process required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit includes a high-quality programmable fuel transfer switch with an integrated fuel level gauge. Simply activate the transfer pump using the switch to move fuel from the auxiliary tank into the main tank whenever needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs the spare tire affected by this installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, spare tire relocation is required as part of this installation. The system is designed with this in mind, and the kit includes everything needed to complete the install in approximately 4 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs professional installation recommended?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe recommended install time is approximately 4 hours, and the kit includes all necessary hardware - stainless steel clamps, hardware, and bung. Mechanically inclined owners comfortable with fuel system work can complete this at home, but if you're unsure, a professional installer familiar with fuel systems is always a safe choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this tank compatible with other Lexus GX model years?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis specific system is designed and tested for the 2023 Lexus GX460 only. Helivue Design also offers separate auxiliary fuel tank systems for the 2010-2022 GX460, 2003-2009 GX470, and 2024-current GX550 - make sure to select the correct listing for your model year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084532017,"sku":"sku-47780288725250","price":2100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DSC0206_e5750c15-83b7-42c6-887d-e92cdcf41c72.jpg?v=1788363424"},{"product_id":"2024-current-toyota-tacoma-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2024-Current Toyota Tacoma Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2024-Current Toyota Tacoma Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a premium, no-compromise range extension solution built specifically for 2024 and newer Toyota Tacoma owners. Designed and manufactured in Colorado from thick 3mm 5052 aluminum, this system is engineered to handle everything from daily commuting to hard-core overlanding at elevation - tested extensively from 5,000 to 13,000 feet without failure. The tank tucks neatly above the bumper line, remaining nearly invisible while preserving your factory KDSS, Air Ride suspension, and Class 4 receiver hitch - no sacrifices required.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Filling is seamless: the auxiliary tank connects through your factory filler neck and fills simultaneously with your main tank, so there is no manual switching at the pump. When you are ready to transfer fuel on the trail or the road, the included programmable fuel transfer switch, quality fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender make the process straightforward. This is an all-inclusive kit - every clamp, stainless steel fastener, and bung you need for installation is in the box.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a full 18 gallons of gasoline range to your 2024+ Tacoma, dramatically extending overland and long-haul capability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3mm 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-than-standard aluminum alloy chosen for superior corrosion resistance and durability under rugged off-road conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Powder-Coating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tough, attractive hammer finish powder-coat provides long-lasting protection against the elements and trail abuse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through the factory filler neck, simultaneously topping off both tanks at once - no extra steps at the pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves Factory Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with KDSS, factory Air Ride suspension, and Class 4 receiver hitch - no compromises to your truck's existing capabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance, Low-Profile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line and keeps all factory evap systems in place, staying nearly invisible on the truck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-In Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolts into existing frame locations with almost no modification required - estimated install time is approximately 5 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Transfer System Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kit includes a programmable fuel transfer switch, fuel level gauge, quality fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpare Tire Relocation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spare tire relocation is accommodated in the installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% USA Designed and Built:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entirely designed, manufactured, and tested in Colorado by Helivue Design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon 5052 aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch with fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  If you've ever cut an overland trip short because of range anxiety or spent hours hunting for fuel in remote terrain, the Helivue Design Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is the upgrade that changes everything. Built with the same attention to detail demanded by Colorado's most technical trails, this system has been beaten, bashed, and landed on repeatedly - and it keeps delivering. Every component is sourced and assembled in the USA, giving you the confidence that comes with domestically manufactured quality.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're a commuter looking to slash fuel stops or an overlander pushing deep into the backcountry, this tank slots into your Tacoma without costing you the features you rely on. The near-invisible profile, factory-compatible fill system, and included transfer hardware mean you get maximum range with minimum hassle. It's a serious piece of kit for serious Tacoma owners who refuse to compromise.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3mm 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Powder-Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (Dry)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (Wet)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e133 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~5 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Tacoma 2024 - Current\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this tank fit my 2024 Tacoma if I have KDSS or factory Air Ride?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this system is specifically designed to preserve your factory KDSS and Air Ride suspension. It was engineered so that Tacoma owners do not have to sacrifice any factory features to gain the extra range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDo I need to do any major modifications to my truck to install this tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAlmost none. The tank bolts directly into existing frame locations. The one modification required is removing the rearmost section of the factory exhaust tail pipe - either by replacing it with an aftermarket turndown pipe (such as one from SXTH Element) or by cutting the factory pipe down. Estimated install time is approximately 5 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does the tank fill up - do I have to do anything differently at the pump?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo extra steps needed. The auxiliary tank fills through your factory filler neck and fills simultaneously with your main tank. Just fill up as you normally would, and both tanks fill at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit includes a programmable fuel transfer switch with a fuel level gauge, a quality fuel pump, and a stainless steel fuel level sender. When you are ready to transfer fuel, you simply use the transfer switch to pump fuel from the auxiliary tank into the main tank. Everything you need is included in the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhen will this product ship?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eDelivery is expected to begin August 2026. Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for the most up-to-date shipping timeline or to confirm availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this tank compatible with the Class 4 receiver hitch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The Helivue Design system was specifically engineered to keep your Class 4 receiver hitch fully functional and unobstructed. The tank tucks above the bumper line to stay out of the way of your hitch and factory components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084499249,"sku":"sku-47619754950914","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/4th-gen-tacoma-auxiliary-fuel-tank-3rd-gen-tundra.jpg?v=1788363424"},{"product_id":"custom-built-1-of-1-auxiliary-fuel-tank","title":"Custom Built 1 of 1 Auxiliary Fuel Tank","description":"\u003ch1\u003eCustom Built 1 of 1 Auxiliary Fuel Tank\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design Custom Built 1 of 1 Auxiliary Fuel Tank is a fully bespoke auxiliary fuel system engineered specifically for your vehicle - no compromises, no off-the-shelf shortcuts. Designed, built, and tested 100% in the USA, this system is crafted to fit your exact application and maximize your range wherever the road - or trail - takes you. Every component is selected and assembled to deliver a fully functional, plug-and-play fuel solution tailored to your needs.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're overlanding, hauling, or simply need extended fuel capacity for long-distance travel, this custom system gives you the confidence to go further without worrying about range. Helivue Design brings precision fabrication to every build, ensuring a system that fits right, performs reliably, and is built to last.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Custom Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built specifically for your vehicle - no generic fitment, no modifications needed on your end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum Fuel Tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight, corrosion-resistant aluminum construction for long-term durability and fuel compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything required for a fully functional auxiliary fuel system is included - no additional purchases necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFuel Transfer Pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated pump included to transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to your main tank with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFuel Gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated gauge so you always know exactly how much auxiliary fuel you have on hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Gear Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Control your auxiliary fuel system with the included switch gear - clean, simple, and easy to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll Hoses \u0026amp; Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every hose, fitting, and piece of hardware required for installation is included in the kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear installation instructions included so you can get your system up and running with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed, built, and tested domestically by Helivue Design for uncompromising quality and craftsmanship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePotential Discount Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e If one of Helivue's existing tank designs can be adapted to your application, a discount may be available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 Custom Aluminum Auxiliary Fuel Tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuel Transfer Pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuel Gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSwitch Gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll Required Hoses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInstall Instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  When off-the-shelf just doesn't cut it, Helivue Design delivers a one-of-a-kind solution built around your exact vehicle. Every system is handcrafted in the USA with serious attention to detail, giving you a product that fits correctly the first time and performs reliably for years to come. The all-inclusive nature of the kit means you're not hunting down extra parts or guessing at compatibility - everything arrives ready to install. For overlanders, adventurers, and long-haul drivers who demand more range and more reliability, this custom system is the ultimate upgrade. Backed by American craftsmanship and Helivue's proven fabrication expertise, this auxiliary fuel tank gives you the freedom to go further on every journey.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does Helivue Design determine the fuel capacity of my custom tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe fuel capacity of your custom auxiliary tank is dictated by the available space in your specific vehicle. Helivue Design works with you to identify the largest tank that can be safely and properly fitted to your application, maximizing your range without compromising vehicle function or safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I get started with ordering a custom tank for my vehicle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eReach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com with details about your vehicle - year, make, model, and any relevant specifications. We'll coordinate with Helivue Design to begin the custom build process for your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs professional installation required, or can I install it myself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe system comes with detailed installation instructions and all required hardware, making it approachable for experienced DIY installers. However, because this involves fuel system components, professional installation is always recommended if you are not comfortable working with fuel lines, pumps, and electrical switch gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the lead time for a custom-built auxiliary fuel tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eBecause each system is built to order and custom fabricated for your specific vehicle, lead times will vary. Please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a current production estimate before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I get a discount if my vehicle is similar to an existing Helivue tank design?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - if one of Helivue Design's existing tank templates can be modified to fit your vehicle, a discount may be available. Be sure to provide your vehicle details when reaching out so we can check for compatibility with existing designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084630321,"sku":"sku-45503936332034","price":5000.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Custom1.jpg?v=1788363430"},{"product_id":"2010-2022-lexus-gx460-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2010-2022 Lexus GX460 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2010-2022 Lexus GX460 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a purpose-built 18-gallon aluminum fuel solution designed specifically for the 2010-2022 Lexus GX460 - whether you're a daily commuter logging long highway miles or a hardcore overlander pushing deep into the backcountry. Built 100% in the USA from thick 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum with a hammer finish satin black powder coat, this system is engineered to withstand real-world abuse at altitude and on rough terrain without compromise.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  What sets this system apart is its no-compromise integration: it tucks above the bumper line to remain nearly invisible, preserves your factory KDSS, air ride suspension, and Class 4 receiver hitch, and keeps all OEM evap systems fully intact. It fills simultaneously with your main tank through the factory filler neck, and the included programmable transfer switch, fuel pump, and stainless steel sender give you complete control over fuel management when you need it.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a full 18 gallons of usable fuel range, dramatically extending your range for long hauls or remote off-road expeditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-gauge aluminum alloy delivers superior corrosion resistance and durability over traditional fuel tank materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e A tough, attractive finish that resists chipping, scratching, and the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills simultaneously through your factory filler neck - no separate fill point needed, no extra steps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves Factory Equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to retain KDSS, factory air ride suspension, and your Class 4 receiver hitch - no compromises to your existing setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Clearance, Low-Profile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line and remains nearly invisible while maintaining ground clearance critical for off-road use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows you to use the tank to \"fill a friend\" in the field - a practical feature for overlanding groups and remote travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates unnecessary complexity and excess hosing to minimize potential failure points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Transfer System Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a high-quality programmable fuel transfer switch, fuel level gauge, quality fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Colorado, USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% designed, built, and tested domestically - proven from 5,000 to 13,000 feet of elevation without failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon 5052 aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design has built a reputation among serious overlanders and long-distance travelers for producing auxiliary fuel systems that genuinely don't cut corners - and this GX460 tank lives up to that standard. It has been repeatedly tested over Colorado's most demanding terrain and elevation changes, delivering consistent, leak-free performance where lesser systems fail. The fact that it preserves every piece of your factory suspension and towing equipment means you get extended range without sacrificing any of the GX460's legendary capability.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Designed and built entirely in the USA, this is a product you can trust to perform mile after mile, year after year. With an estimated 4-hour installation and everything included in the kit, you'll be on the road - or trail - with a full tank and total peace of mind. For GX460 owners who demand more range and more reliability, the Helivue Design auxiliary fuel system is the definitive solution.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2010-2022 Lexus GX460\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this tank affect my GX460's KDSS or factory air ride suspension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - this system is specifically engineered to preserve your factory KDSS (Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System), factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch. You won't need to remove or modify any of these systems to install the Helivue Design auxiliary tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does the tank fill - do I need a separate fill port?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo separate fill port is needed. The Helivue Design auxiliary tank uses an OEM split fill point, meaning it fills simultaneously with your main tank through your existing factory filler neck. Just fill up as you normally would and both tanks fill at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit includes a high-quality programmable fuel transfer switch and fuel pump. When you want to transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank, you simply use the transfer switch. The included fuel level gauge and stainless steel sender let you monitor the auxiliary tank's level at all times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs the spare tire relocated for this installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, spare tire relocation is required as part of the installation. Plan to have an alternative spare tire storage solution in place before or during your install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow long does installation take and do I need professional help?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe recommended install time is approximately 4 hours. The kit includes everything needed for installation - stainless steel clamps, hardware, and bung - so a mechanically experienced owner can complete it at home. If you're not confident with fuel system work, consulting a professional installer is always a good idea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this system legal for use on public roads?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe system is designed to keep all factory evaporative emissions (evap) systems fully intact, which supports compliance with emissions standards. However, regulations can vary by state and region. We recommend verifying local requirements before installation if you are in a state with strict emissions inspection laws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084663089,"sku":"sku-46157907919106","price":1900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DSC0206_77d9aadf-fa7d-4fdc-a79e-f04f2f87b897.jpg?v=1788363430"},{"product_id":"2016-2023-toyota-tacoma-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2016-2023 Toyota Tacoma Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2016-2023 Toyota Tacoma Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a no-compromises solution for 3rd Gen Toyota Tacoma owners who demand extended range without sacrificing ground clearance or factory functionality. Designed and manufactured 100% in Colorado, this lightweight aluminum tank tucks neatly above the bumper line, making it nearly invisible while keeping all factory evap systems completely intact. It fills directly through your OEM filler neck, simultaneously charging both the factory and auxiliary tanks in a single stop - no extra steps, no separate fill points.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're grinding through a daily commute or pushing deep into backcountry overlanding terrain, this system has been built to handle it all. It has been thoroughly tested - beaten, bashed, and driven at elevations from 5,000 to 13,000 feet - without failure. Every component is engineered to reduce complexity and leak paths, giving you a cleaner, more reliable install you can count on for the long haul.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds significant range to your 3rd Gen Tacoma without requiring a stop at the pump - ideal for remote travel and overlanding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-gauge aluminum alloy delivers superior corrosion resistance and rugged durability at a lightweight 25 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through the factory filler neck, simultaneously filling both tanks at once - no separate fill procedures needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, attractive finish resists chips, scratches, and the elements for long-term good looks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Clearance Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line so it stays nearly invisible and doesn't compromise off-road ground clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory Evap System Preserved:\u003c\/strong\u003e All OEM evaporative emissions systems remain fully intact - no compliance headaches or check engine lights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in side corner pickup port allows you to share fuel with another vehicle if needed - great for group overlanding trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates unnecessary complexity and hosing, minimizing potential leak points for a cleaner, safer install.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Fuel Transfer Switch \u0026amp; Gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a high-quality programmable transfer switch and fuel level gauge so you always know what's in reserve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpare Tire Relocation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to accommodate spare tire relocation as part of the fitment - keeps your setup functional and organized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Made in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed, built, and tested in Colorado - backed by American craftsmanship and real-world durability testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design built this system for people who actually use their Tacomas - hard. If you're an overlander pushing into remote terrain where fuel stations are miles apart, or a commuter logging serious highway miles, this tank quietly doubles your fuel capacity without changing the look or function of your truck. The nearly invisible high-clearance profile means you won't sacrifice approach angles or aesthetics, and the OEM-compatible fill system means fueling up is exactly as simple as it's always been - just longer between stops.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Knowing this tank has been tested at altitude across Colorado's most demanding terrain gives real confidence that it won't let you down when it matters most. Everything in the kit is quality hardware - stainless steel throughout, a programmable transfer system, and a fuel gauge so you're never guessing. For Tacoma owners who want extended range done right, this is the system trusted by commuters and hard-core overlanders alike.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Tacoma 3rd Gen (2016-2023)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufactured In\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColorado, USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this tank affect my factory evaporative emissions system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the Helivue Design auxiliary tank is specifically engineered to keep all factory evap systems in place. You won't get a check engine light or any compliance issues from installing this system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this tank fill at the same time as my factory tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The system uses an OEM split fill point, meaning it fills through your factory filler neck and simultaneously fills both the factory and auxiliary tanks at once. There's no separate fill procedure or extra steps required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow difficult is installation, and do I need a professional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eHelivue Design rates the recommended install time at approximately 4 hours. The kit includes all necessary hardware - stainless steel clamps, hardware, and a bung - so a mechanically inclined owner with basic tools should be able to complete the install at home. If you're not comfortable with fuel system work, a professional shop is always a safe option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this tank fit my Tacoma if it has a 2016-2023 model year?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this system is designed specifically for the 3rd Generation Toyota Tacoma, covering model years 2016 through 2023. If you have a 2024 or newer Tacoma, or an earlier 1st or 2nd gen model, Helivue Design offers separate systems for those fitments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the system come with a fuel gauge so I know how much is in the auxiliary tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The kit includes a programmable fuel transfer switch and fuel level gauge along with a stainless steel fuel level sender, so you always have a clear read on your auxiliary tank's fuel level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes installing the auxiliary tank require relocating my spare tire?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - spare tire relocation is part of the fitment for this system. The tank is designed to accommodate this, and all necessary considerations are built into the design. Plan for spare tire relocation as part of your installation process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084695857,"sku":"sku-46157905658114","price":1900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DSC0215_e7df11e3-f88a-4813-b680-2778eb22f43a.jpg?v=1788363431"},{"product_id":"coming-soon-2019-current-ford-ranger-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"Coming Soon! 2019-Current Ford Ranger Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003eComing Soon! 2019-Current Ford Ranger Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18-Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a purpose-built range extender for the 5th Gen Ford Ranger (2019-Current), engineered without compromise for both daily commuters and hardcore overlanders. Constructed from thicker 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum, this tank is built to resist corrosion and take real-world punishment - having been tested and driven from 5,000 to 13,000 feet of elevation regularly without failure. The system tucks neatly above the bumper line, keeping a near-invisible profile while preserving all factory evaporative emissions systems.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Filling is as simple as it gets: fuel up through your factory filler neck and both tanks fill simultaneously - no extra steps, no complicated switching. When it's time to transfer fuel to the main tank, the included programmable fuel transfer switch, fuel level gauge, and quality fuel pump make the process seamless. Designed, built, and tested entirely in Colorado, USA, this is a professional-grade solution for anyone serious about extending their range off the beaten path.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds 18 gallons of auxiliary fuel capacity, significantly extending your driving range on long hauls or remote expeditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-gauge aluminum with superior corrosion resistance - built to handle impacts, rough terrain, and harsh conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through your factory filler neck and simultaneously fills both tanks at once - no extra filler caps or complicated procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSloped Tank Bottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angled floor allows access to the residual 2.5 gallons of fuel, so you're never leaving usable range behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated side-corner fuel pickup enables you to transfer fuel to another vehicle (\"filling a friend\") when needed in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance, Low-Profile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line for maximum ground clearance while remaining nearly invisible from outside the vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates unnecessary hose complexity, reducing potential leak points for greater reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Fuel Transfer System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a programmable fuel transfer switch, fuel level gauge, quality fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender for precise, convenient transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 lb. Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight aluminum construction keeps added weight minimal even at full system capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Made in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed, manufactured, and tested in Colorado - built to the highest standards for real-world off-road and overland use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory Evap System Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps all factory evaporative emissions systems fully intact - no cutting corners on compliance or emissions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-Gallon 5052 aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design has built a reputation among overlanders and off-road enthusiasts for producing auxiliary fuel systems that don't make you choose between capability, clearance, and reliability. This system has been thoroughly beaten, bashed, and tested across Colorado's high-altitude terrain - so you can be confident it's ready for whatever you put it through. The near-invisible installation keeps your Ranger looking stock from the outside, while dramatically extending how far you can go before needing a gas station. Everything needed for installation is included right in the box, with a recommended install time of just 5 hours. Built entirely in the USA from premium materials, this is the kind of upgrade that pays dividends on every long-distance drive, remote campsite run, or overland expedition you take on.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelocate Spare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger 5th Gen, 2019 - Current\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - customer installation, recommended 5 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this tank fit my 2019-2024 Ford Ranger without any cutting or major modifications?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the Helivue Design auxiliary fuel tank is engineered specifically for the 5th Gen Ford Ranger (2019-Current) and is designed to tuck above the bumper line using existing mounting points. All factory evaporative emissions systems remain in place, and no major cutting or fabrication is required. The kit includes all necessary hardware for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does the fuel filling process work? Do I need to switch between tanks manually?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo manual switching is needed when filling up. The system uses an OEM split fill point, meaning fuel enters through your factory filler neck and simultaneously fills both your factory tank and the auxiliary tank at the same time. When you want to transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank while driving, you use the included programmable fuel transfer switch and fuel pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow much driving range does an 18-gallon auxiliary tank add to a Ford Ranger?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe added range depends on your driving style and conditions, but the Ford Ranger averages roughly 20-25 MPG. An 18-gallon auxiliary tank can add approximately 360-450 miles of additional range - making it ideal for overlanding, long highway drives, or operating in remote areas far from fuel stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes installing this auxiliary tank require a spare tire relocation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - per the product specifications, a spare tire relocation is required as part of this installation. The kit is noted to include this as part of the system setup. If you have questions about your specific configuration, feel free to reach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this product legal for use on public roads?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Helivue Design system is designed to keep all factory evaporative emissions systems fully intact, which is an important compliance consideration. However, auxiliary fuel tank regulations can vary by state and country. We recommend checking your local regulations before installing any aftermarket fuel system on a street-driven vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this tank to transfer fuel to another vehicle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the tank features a dedicated side-corner fuel pickup specifically designed to allow you to transfer fuel to another vehicle when needed. This \"filling a friend\" capability is a standout feature for overlanders and off-road groups traveling together in remote areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084728625,"sku":"sku-46157921583362","price":1900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Tank2.jpg?v=1788363430"},{"product_id":"2024-current-lexus-gx550-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2024-Current Lexus GX550 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2024-Current Lexus GX550 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is engineered specifically for the 2024 and newer Lexus GX550, giving commuters and hardcore overlanders the extended range they need without sacrificing any factory hardware. Built from 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum in Colorado, this tank is lightweight, high-clearance, and designed to tuck above the bumper line so it stays nearly invisible. It installs directly onto existing frame locations with minimal modification, preserving your KDSS, factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch exactly as they came from the factory.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Fueling is seamless - the auxiliary tank fills simultaneously with your main tank through the factory filler neck, so there's no extra step at the pump. A programmable fuel transfer switch, quality fuel pump, stainless steel fuel level sender, and all necessary hardware are included so you have everything to complete the install. This system has been tested extensively from 5,000 to 13,000 feet of elevation under real overland conditions, and it shows.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds substantial range for long-haul travel, remote off-road trips, or daily commuting in areas with limited fuel access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker gauge aluminum with superior corrosion resistance keeps the tank durable and lightweight for years of hard use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% designed, built, and tested in Colorado - no outsourced manufacturing or compromises on quality control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimultaneous Dual-Tank Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through the OEM filler neck at the same time as your factory tank - no separate fill point needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves Factory Systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with KDSS, factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch - nothing gets removed or permanently modified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance, Low-Profile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line for an almost invisible installation that doesn't compromise ground clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified hose routing and fewer connections mean fewer potential failure points in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows you to use the auxiliary tank to transfer fuel to another vehicle if needed - a practical feature for remote travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-In Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Uses existing frame mounting locations with almost no modification required - recommended install time is approximately 5 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Kit Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a programmable fuel transfer switch, fuel level gauge, quality fuel pump, stainless steel fuel level sender, stainless steel clamps, stainless steel hardware, and bung.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch \/ fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design GX550 auxiliary fuel system is built for people who push their vehicles hard and rely on them in situations where running out of fuel isn't an option. It's been beaten, bashed, and driven over rough terrain at high elevation without failure - this is a tank that earns its reputation in the real world, not just on a spec sheet. The bolt-in design means you're not cutting corners or voiding factory systems, and the clean above-bumper fitment keeps your rig looking purpose-built rather than cobbled together. Manufactured entirely in the USA, it reflects the kind of craftsmanship that overlanders and off-road enthusiasts have come to trust for demanding builds. Whether you're crossing remote stretches of the American West or simply want the peace of mind that comes with 18 extra gallons on board, this system delivers confidence mile after mile.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelivue Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (fills through factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2024-Current Lexus GX550\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes installing this auxiliary tank require cutting or permanently modifying my GX550?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAlmost no modification is required. The tank bolts into existing frame locations on the GX550, meaning no cutting or drilling into the chassis. The install is designed to be reversible and preserves all factory systems including KDSS, factory air ride, and the Class 4 receiver hitch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this tank work with my GX550's KDSS and factory air suspension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - one of the key design goals of this system is full compatibility with the GX550's factory KDSS (Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System) and air ride. Neither system needs to be removed or disabled to fit the auxiliary tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow does the tank fill - do I need a separate fill point?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo separate fill point is needed. The auxiliary tank fills simultaneously with your factory tank through the OEM filler neck. Just fill up as you normally would and both tanks fill at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe included programmable fuel transfer switch and quality fuel pump allow you to transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank on demand. The fuel level gauge lets you monitor how much is in the auxiliary tank at any time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this system require my spare tire to be relocated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, spare tire relocation is required as part of this installation. Plan for that as part of your build when ordering this system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eHelivue Design recommends budgeting approximately 5 hours for installation. The bolt-in design and complete hardware kit are intended to make the process straightforward for someone with basic mechanical experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084761393,"sku":"sku-46157910507778","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Iso_View_8218a438-32bf-442c-b8f7-d6552d153b72.jpg?v=1788363431"},{"product_id":"2024-current-toyota-land-cruiser-250-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2024-Current Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2024-Current Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is a purpose-built range extender engineered specifically for the 2024-current Toyota Land Cruiser 250. Designed and manufactured 100% in Colorado, USA, this system takes a no-compromises approach to auxiliary fuel for both daily commuters and hardcore overlanders alike. The lightweight aluminum tank tucks neatly above the bumper line, keeping a low profile while preserving your KDSS, factory air ride suspension, and Class 4 receiver hitch - no sacrifices required.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Filling is seamless: fuel flows through your factory filler neck and fills both the OEM and auxiliary tanks simultaneously. When it's time to transfer fuel, the included programmable transfer switch, fuel pump, and stainless steel sender make the process straightforward. This system has been road-tested from 5,000 to 13,000 feet of elevation, repeatedly subjected to the kind of punishment overlanding demands - and it has never failed.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a full 18 gallons of gasoline range, dramatically extending your distance between fill-ups on and off the trail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-gauge aluminum with superior corrosion resistance for long-term durability in harsh conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rugged, attractive finish designed to hold up against rocks, debris, and the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through the factory filler neck - both tanks fill simultaneously with no extra steps required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line for a nearly invisible, low-profile install that maintains ground clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves KDSS, Factory Air Ride \u0026amp; Class 4 Hitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically engineered so you don't lose any critical factory systems or accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows you to \"fill a friend\" directly from the auxiliary tank when needed out on the trail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates unnecessary hose complexity and reduces potential failure points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-In Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Uses existing frame locations with almost no modification required - recommended install time is just 5 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% designed, built, and tested in Colorado by Helivue Design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch \/ fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  If you've ever felt the anxiety of a low fuel warning miles from the nearest station, this system eliminates that problem entirely. Trusted by overlanders who regularly push into remote terrain, the Helivue Design auxiliary fuel system is engineered for the long haul - built tough, tested rigorously, and refined to install without compromising a single factory feature on your Land Cruiser 250. The fact that it fills automatically alongside your main tank means there's virtually no change to your fueling routine.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built in the heart of Colorado and tested across elevations that would stress any lesser design, this is a product made by overlanders, for overlanders. Whether you're crossing the American Southwest, heading deep into the backcountry, or simply want the peace of mind of an extended range for long highway hauls, this auxiliary tank delivers confidence and capability in one clean, nearly invisible package. It's the kind of upgrade that pays for itself the first time you roll past a closed gas station without worry.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2024-Current Toyota Land Cruiser 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this tank work with my Land Cruiser 250's KDSS or factory air ride suspension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this system is specifically designed to preserve your KDSS, factory air ride suspension, and Class 4 receiver hitch. No factory systems need to be removed or modified for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDo I need to do anything special to fill the auxiliary tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo extra steps are required. The auxiliary tank fills through your factory filler neck and both tanks fill simultaneously, so your fueling routine stays exactly the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit includes a programmable fuel transfer switch and fuel level gauge along with a quality fuel pump. Simply use the transfer switch to pump fuel from the auxiliary tank into the main tank whenever needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this a difficult installation? Do I need a shop to do it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe system bolts into existing frame locations with almost no modification required. The recommended install time is approximately 5 hours. A mechanically experienced owner may be able to complete it at home, though a shop familiar with Toyota trucks can ensure a clean install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes my spare tire need to be relocated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, spare tire relocation is required for this installation. Plan for this as part of your install process - many owners pair this with an aftermarket swing-out spare carrier or roof-mounted spare solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the tank made of, and how durable is it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe tank is constructed from 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum, a grade known for superior corrosion resistance. It is finished with a hammer finish satin black powder coat for added protection. The design has been tested repeatedly at elevations between 5,000 and 13,000 feet under real overland conditions without failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084794161,"sku":"sku-46157911261442","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Iso_View_1fd11913-21f5-470d-9020-cc8a730c8aec.jpg?v=1788363430"},{"product_id":"2003-2009-lexus-gx470-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2003-2009 Lexus GX470 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2003-2009 Lexus GX470 Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is built for Lexus GX470 owners who refuse to compromise - whether you're a daily commuter covering long stretches or a hard-core overlander pushing deep into the backcountry. Designed, manufactured, and tested 100% in Colorado, this system has been beaten, bashed, and driven regularly between 5,000 and 13,000 feet of elevation without failure. The lightweight, high-clearance aluminum tank tucks neatly above the bumper line, staying almost completely invisible while keeping your KDSS, factory air ride suspension, and Class 4 receiver hitch fully intact.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Filling is seamless - the auxiliary tank connects through your factory filler neck and fills simultaneously alongside your main tank, so there's no extra steps at the pump. A programmable fuel transfer switch, fuel level gauge, quality fuel pump, and stainless steel fuel level sender are all included, giving you complete control over your extended range. This is a no-compromises solution for serious off-road and long-distance driving.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds significant fuel range, ideal for remote overland routes and long highway stretches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-gauge aluminum with superior corrosion resistance for long-lasting durability in harsh conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% USA Designed and Built:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed, manufactured, and tested in Colorado - built to meet the demands of real-world off-road and overland use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through your factory filler neck - both tanks fill simultaneously with no extra steps or separate fill points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserves KDSS, Factory Air Ride, and Class 4 Hitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Installs without removing or modifying your factory suspension systems or receiver hitch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance, Low-Profile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line and stays virtually invisible - no sacrifice to approach angle or aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows \"filling a friend\" scenarios directly from the auxiliary tank when needed in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates unnecessary complexity and hosing to minimize potential leak points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps Factory Evap Systems Intact:\u003c\/strong\u003e All factory evaporative emissions systems remain in place - no compliance issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRelocates Spare Tire:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes - spare tire relocation is part of the install design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-gallon aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design built this system for people who actually use their rigs - not just on weekends, but on demanding multi-day overland trips and long daily commutes where running low on fuel isn't an option. The attention to detail is evident in every aspect, from the thicker 1\/8\" aluminum walls to the simplified hosing layout that reduces failure points before they become a problem. It's trusted by overlanders who push their GX470s hard across Colorado's high-altitude terrain, and that real-world testing means you can count on it when it matters most. The fact that it preserves every major factory system - KDSS, air ride, receiver hitch, and evap - makes this one of the most thoughtful auxiliary tank solutions on the market. With an estimated 5-hour install time and everything included in the kit, you'll be on the road with extended range sooner than you'd expect. Made in the USA, engineered for the long haul.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelocate Spare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2003-2009 Lexus GX470, 2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner (4th Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufactured In\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this tank work with my GX470's KDSS and factory air ride suspension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this is one of the standout features of the Helivue Design system. It is specifically engineered to install without removing or modifying your Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System (KDSS) or factory air ride. You keep all of your factory suspension capabilities fully intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to fill the auxiliary tank separately from my main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. The auxiliary tank connects through your factory filler neck and fills simultaneously with your main tank. There is no separate fill point - just fill up as you normally would and both tanks fill at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to the main tank?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe kit includes a programmable fuel transfer switch and a quality fuel pump, allowing you to transfer fuel from the auxiliary tank to your main tank on demand. A fuel level gauge and stainless steel fuel level sender let you monitor how much fuel is in the auxiliary tank at all times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow difficult is the installation, and do I need a professional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe recommended install time is approximately 5 hours. The kit includes all necessary hardware - stainless steel clamps, hardware, and a bung - so no additional parts are required. Many mechanically inclined owners install it themselves, though a professional installer can also complete the job if preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this compatible with the Toyota 4Runner as well?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this system is also compatible with the 2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner (4th Generation). The Lexus GX470 and 4th Gen 4Runner share a platform, and Helivue Design offers this same system for both vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill installing this tank affect my vehicle's ground clearance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe tank is designed with a high-clearance, low-profile form factor that tucks above the bumper line. It is built to minimize any impact on approach angle and overall ground clearance, making it well-suited for off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084826929,"sku":"sku-45436673720578","price":1900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DSC0206_16224251-1e2d-450d-9b2c-7dcebe2ee994.jpg?v=1788363430"},{"product_id":"coming-soon-2000-2006-toyota-tundra-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"Coming Soon! 2000-2006 Toyota Tundra Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003eComing Soon! 2000-2006 Toyota Tundra Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18-Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is purpose-built for 2000-2006 Toyota Tundra (1st Gen) owners who demand more range without sacrificing ground clearance or factory functionality. Designed, built, and tested 100% in the USA - right out of Colorado - this system is engineered for the daily commuter and the hardcore overlander alike. Constructed from thick 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum alloy, it delivers superior corrosion resistance and the rugged durability to handle everything from highway miles to high-altitude off-road terrain.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The system integrates seamlessly with your Tundra, tucking neatly above the bumper line so it stays nearly invisible while keeping all factory evap systems intact. It fills through your OEM filler neck, simultaneously topping off both tanks at once - no extra steps, no hassle. With a sloped bottom design that lets you access the residual 2.5 gallons and a side-corner fuel pickup for transferring fuel to others, this is a no-compromises solution for serious off-road and long-distance driving.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds a full 18 gallons of auxiliary fuel storage, extending your Tundra's range dramatically for long hauls and remote adventures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-than-standard aluminum with superior corrosion resistance - built to take punishment on and off the road.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through your factory filler neck and simultaneously fills both the auxiliary and factory tanks at once - no separate fill port needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSloped Bottom Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tank bottom is angled to allow use of the residual 2.5 gallons of fuel, so you're never leaving range on the table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated side-corner pickup port makes it easy to transfer fuel to another vehicle when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Leak Paths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplified design eliminates unnecessary complexity and excess hosing, minimizing potential leak points for long-term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Clearance, Low-Profile Install:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tucks above the bumper line and stays nearly invisible - no compromise to ground clearance or aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory Evap System Preserved:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps all OEM evaporative emission systems in place - no cutting corners on compliance or function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Fuel Transfer Switch \u0026amp; Gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a quality programmable transfer switch and fuel level gauge so you always know what's in the auxiliary tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Colorado, USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% designed, manufactured, and tested domestically - proven at elevations from 5,000 to 13,000 feet without failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-Gallon 5052 aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design built this system because serious Tundra owners deserve an auxiliary fuel solution that doesn't cut corners - and this tank delivers exactly that. It's been beaten, bashed, landed on, and driven hard through Colorado's Rocky Mountains from 5,000 to 13,000 feet of elevation without a single failure, giving you the kind of real-world confidence that lab testing alone can't provide. The all-American manufacturing means every weld, every fitting, and every component is held to a standard that imported alternatives simply can't match. Whether you're a facilities manager running a fleet, a coach hauling equipment across the state, or an overlander pushing deep into the backcountry, this system quietly adds 18 gallons of range without changing the look or function of your truck. Trusted by commuters and off-road enthusiasts who refuse to compromise, the Helivue Design auxiliary tank is the last fuel range upgrade your 1st Gen Tundra will ever need.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelivue Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelocate Spare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000-2006 Toyota Tundra (1st Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this tank work with my 2000-2006 Toyota Tundra?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this auxiliary fuel tank system is specifically designed and fitment-tested for the 2000-2006 Toyota Tundra (1st Generation). It is not compatible with other model years or trims outside of this range. If you're unsure about your specific configuration, feel free to email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this system require any modifications to my factory fuel or evap system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - one of the standout features of this system is that it keeps all factory evaporative emission systems in place. It fills through your OEM filler neck and integrates with your existing setup without requiring you to cut, remove, or relocate any factory components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the auxiliary tank fill - do I need a separate filler port?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo separate filler port is needed. The Helivue Design system uses an OEM split fill point, meaning fuel flows through your factory filler neck and simultaneously fills both the factory tank and the auxiliary tank at the same time. It's a seamless, user-friendly experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow difficult is the installation, and do I need a professional to install it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eHelivue Design recommends approximately 5 hours for a typical install, and the kit includes all necessary hardware - stainless steel clamps, hardware, bung, fuel pump, transfer switch, and more. A mechanically inclined owner comfortable with fuel system work can complete the install, but if you have any doubts, a professional mechanic or 4x4 shop familiar with fuel systems is always a good choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this tank safe for high-altitude and off-road use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely. This system has been extensively tested in real-world Colorado conditions, driven regularly between 5,000 and 13,000 feet of elevation through demanding terrain. The simplified design reduces leak paths, and the thick 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum construction is chosen specifically for its toughness and corrosion resistance in harsh environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the spare tire need to be relocated for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - according to the product specifications, spare tire relocation is required as part of this installation. The kit is designed with this in mind, and the installation process accounts for it within the recommended 5-hour install time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084859697,"sku":"sku-46157913719042","price":2100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Tank2_0af523ff-e62f-4631-86fe-8e35a178e5c2.jpg?v=1788363430"},{"product_id":"2003-2009-toyota-4runner-auxiliary-fuel-tank-system-18-gallon","title":"2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner Auxiliary Fuel Tank System 18 Gallon\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Helivue Design 18 Gallon Auxiliary Fuel Tank System is purpose-built for 2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner owners who refuse to compromise on range, capability, or factory features. Designed and manufactured in the heart of Colorado, this system has been real-world tested from 5,000 to 13,000 feet of elevation - beaten, bashed, and driven hard without failure. Constructed from 1\/8\" 5052 aluminum with a hammer finish satin black powder coat, it delivers serious corrosion resistance and a clean, factory-integrated appearance that tucks above the bumper line and stays virtually invisible.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  What sets this system apart is what it lets you keep: your KDSS, factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch all remain fully intact. The auxiliary tank fills through your factory filler neck, simultaneously topping off both tanks at once, and the included side-corner fuel pickup even lets you share fuel with another vehicle when the trail calls for it. Everything you need for a clean, complete installation is included right in the box.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 Gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dramatically extends your driving range - ideal for overlanding, remote travel, or long commutes far from the pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thicker-than-standard aluminum alloy offers superior corrosion resistance and long-term durability under harsh conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rugged, attractive finish that blends seamlessly with the 4Runner's undercarriage and resists chips and scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Split Fill Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fills through your factory filler neck and simultaneously fills both the primary and auxiliary tanks - no extra steps required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKDSS, Air Ride \u0026amp; Hitch Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retains your factory KDSS suspension, factory air ride system, and Class 4 receiver hitch - no sacrifices necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-Corner Fuel Pickup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows you to transfer fuel to another vehicle directly from the auxiliary tank - a standout feature for group overlanding trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbove-Bumper-Line Clearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-clearance design tucks above the bumper line and keeps all factory evap systems in place for a nearly invisible install.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable Transfer Switch \u0026amp; Fuel Level Gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included high-quality programmable fuel transfer switch with fuel level gauge keeps you informed and in control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Designed \u0026amp; Built in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered and manufactured in Colorado - no overseas shortcuts, no compromises on quality or fitment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Install Time - 5 Hours:\u003c\/strong\u003e All necessary hardware included for a straightforward DIY install, including stainless steel clamps, hardware, and bung.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18 Gallon aluminum auxiliary fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProgrammable fuel transfer switch with fuel level gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuality fuel pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel fuel level sender\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel clamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBung\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Helivue Design built this system for people who push their 4Runner to its limits - overlanders tackling remote trails, commuters covering serious mileage, and anyone who can't afford to run out of fuel far from civilization. This tank has been proven in the real world at elevation, over rough terrain, and in demanding conditions that would expose any weak point in a lesser design. It's made entirely in the USA, engineered to fit the 4th Gen 4Runner without cutting corners on your factory equipment, and built to last the life of your vehicle.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The nearly invisible installation means you get a massive range upgrade with none of the visual bulk or factory feature tradeoffs that plague other auxiliary tank solutions. Whether you're planning a multi-day overland expedition or just want the confidence of never watching the fuel gauge drop into the red, this system delivers exactly that - reliably, cleanly, and without compromise.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 Gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGasoline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill Point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM Split (factory filler neck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8\" 5052 Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHammer Finish Satin Black Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 Pounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpare Tire Relocation Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Install Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2003-2009 Toyota 4Runner (4th Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Colorado)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this auxiliary tank work with my 4Runner's KDSS or factory air ride suspension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - this is one of the key advantages of the Helivue Design system. It is specifically engineered to retain your KDSS (Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System), factory air ride, and Class 4 receiver hitch fully intact. No modifications to your suspension or tow setup are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the tank fill - do I need a separate filler neck?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo separate filler neck is needed. The auxiliary tank uses an OEM split fill point, meaning it connects to your factory filler neck and fills simultaneously alongside your main tank. Just fill up as you normally would and both tanks top off at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this tank to transfer fuel to another vehicle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. The tank features a side-corner fuel pickup specifically designed for this purpose. Using the included fuel pump and transfer switch, you can pump fuel from your auxiliary tank to another vehicle - a handy feature for group overlanding or remote rescue situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs professional installation required, or can I install this myself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe system is designed for a DIY install with a recommended time of approximately 5 hours. All necessary hardware is included - stainless steel clamps, hardware, and bung - so no additional parts are needed. That said, if you are not comfortable working with fuel systems, professional installation is always a safe option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this tank affect ground clearance or visibility from outside the vehicle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Helivue Design auxiliary tank is engineered to tuck above the bumper line, keeping it virtually invisible from the outside and maintaining your 4Runner's high-clearance profile. Factory evap systems remain in place and the overall footprint is minimal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Helivue Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087084892465,"sku":"sku-46157903134978","price":1900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/DSC0206_2d1181ed-6bbb-4da9-a608-d1c7d2fefa5b.jpg?v=1788363431"},{"product_id":"mo13-5-series-electric-winch","title":"MOJAB OFFROAD MO13.5 Series Electric Winch","description":"\u003ch1\u003eMO13.5 Series Electric Winch\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MOJAB OFFROAD MO13.5 Series Electric Winch delivers 13,500 pounds of pulling capacity paired with a whisper-quiet motor that sets it apart from every other heavy-duty winch on the market. Built for serious off-roaders, overlanders, and recovery professionals, it combines a 7.2 HP motor with a 236:1 gear ratio to muscle through the toughest extractions with controlled, efficient power. The IP68 waterproof rating means mud, rain, and river crossings are no match for its sealed internals, keeping performance consistent no matter the terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're outfitting a Bronco for weekend trails, building a dedicated overland rig, or spec'ing recovery equipment for a client build, the MO13.5 is engineered to perform when it matters most. Dual wireless remotes and a corded backup give you complete operational flexibility, and the removable solenoid pack lets you mount the system exactly where your build demands. This is a winch built to the standards of professionals - and priced to make high-end recovery performance accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e13,500 lb Pulling Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handles heavy-load recoveries with authority - rated for full-size trucks, overland builds, and serious off-road rigs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.2 HP Motor with 236:1 Gear Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivers consistent, powerful pulls even under extreme load conditions without overworking the drivetrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Quiet Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recognized as one of the quietest winches available - smooth, near-silent performance even during demanding pulls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP68 Waterproof Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully sealed against water, mud, and dust - built to withstand deep water crossings and heavy trail abuse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7\/16\" x 85' Synthetic Winch Rope:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and stronger than steel cable, with safer handling characteristics and superior abrasion resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500A Solenoid Box (Removable):\u003c\/strong\u003e Relocatable solenoid pack gives custom build flexibility - mount it wherever your wiring layout requires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWireless \u0026amp; Corded Controls:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two wireless remotes included plus a corded control for full operational flexibility in any situation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric Kill Switch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dedicated safety shutoff allows instant winch disengagement during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBillet Aluminum Fairlead + Steel-Forged Shackle Fairlead:\u003c\/strong\u003e Premium fairlead hardware included for secure, durable rope guidance and load management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by MOJAB OFFROAD for confidence in every recovery mission.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips Free! Please email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMO13.5 Series Electric Winch (13,500 lb capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7\/16\" x 85' synthetic winch rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet aluminum fairlead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel-forged shackle fairlead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500A solenoid box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo wireless remote controllers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorded control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectric kill switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MO13.5 has earned praise from off-road enthusiasts and professional upfitters alike - used by overland build specialists outfitting Winnebago Revels and trusted by Bronco owners who simply never want to get stuck again. Its ultra-quiet motor is a genuine differentiator, delivering serious recovery power without the grinding noise associated with most heavy-duty winches. The removable solenoid pack is a detail that custom builders will appreciate, offering real flexibility in tight mounting situations. With a full synthetic rope, dual wireless remotes, and an IP68 waterproof rating, this winch is ready for daily trail use or full expedition duty from day one. For anyone who demands performance, reliability, and a clean professional install, the MO13.5 Series is a no-compromise choice backed by a proven brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePulling Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13,500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.2 HP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGear Ratio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e236:1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSolenoid Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWinch Rope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\/16\" x 85' synthetic rope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP68\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo wireless remotes + corded control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEW135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat vehicles is the MO13.5 compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe MO13.5 is designed for full-size trucks, SUVs, Jeeps, Broncos, and overland builds. Because it includes all mounting hardware, installation is straightforward on most standard winch mounts. If you have a specific vehicle or bumper configuration, email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we can help confirm fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the solenoid box be relocated to a different position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - one of the standout features of the MO13.5 is its removable solenoid pack, which allows you to mount it in a different location to suit your wiring layout or custom build. This is especially useful for tight bumper setups or professional overland builds where packaging space is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs synthetic rope better than steel cable for a winch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eFor most off-road and recovery applications, synthetic rope is the preferred choice. It is significantly lighter than steel cable, stores energy less dangerously when under load (it doesn't snap back like steel), and is much safer to handle with bare hands. The 7\/16\" x 85' rope included with the MO13.5 is designed for heavy-duty use while keeping handling manageable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the IP68 waterproof rating hold up in real-world conditions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIP68 is the highest standard of waterproofing for winches, meaning the unit is sealed against continuous submersion in water as well as dust and mud ingress. This makes the MO13.5 suitable for river crossings, heavy rain, and deep mud - conditions where lesser-rated winches can suffer electrical failures or corrosion over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the 1-year warranty cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe MO13.5 comes with a 1-year warranty from MOJAB OFFROAD covering manufacturing defects and component failures under normal use. For specific warranty questions or claims, reach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we'll help get it resolved quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this winch require professional installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe MO13.5 is designed for straightforward DIY installation and comes with all necessary mounting hardware. Most owners with basic mechanical experience can complete the install. A downloadable manual is available from MOJAB OFFROAD. If you have questions about your specific setup, feel free to contact us before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"MOJAB OFFROAD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087119397169,"sku":"EW135","price":990.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/IMG-3027.png?v=1788363636"},{"product_id":"am-1-24-with-manual-override-screw-drive","title":"AM 1\/24 with Manual Override Screw Drive","description":"\u003ch1\u003eAM 1\/24 with Manual Override Screw Drive\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The EQ Systems AM 1\/24 is a complete heavy-duty single-leg hydraulic lifting system designed to bolt directly to the center tube of a gooseneck trailer. Built around the AM series 4\" x 4\" square tube-in-tube design, this system delivers a powerful 12,000 lb lifting capacity with a 24\" stroke - making hookup and unhooking a loaded horse or motorsports trailer fast, safe, and effortless. The keyed rocker switch replaces the grueling effort of cranking a manual jack, turning what used to be a fight into a clean two-minute job.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  What sets this unit apart is its built-in screw drive manual override, giving you a reliable backup option if power is ever lost - simply use an electric drill through the override shaft to keep the pump running. Wire harnesses feature a PVC high-temperature nylon braid for durability in demanding field environments, and universal mounting brackets are included for straightforward installation. This is the jack built for serious horse trailer and motorsports\/cargo trailer owners who need dependable, commercial-grade performance every time.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12,000 lb Lifting Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty single-leg hydraulic system handles the demands of loaded horse and motorsports\/cargo gooseneck trailers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24\" Stroke Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Generous stroke range accommodates a wide variety of trailer heights and hookup situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4\" x 4\" Tube-in-Tube Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e AM series square tube-in-tube construction provides exceptional strength and stability under load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Drive Manual Override:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the system loses power, an electric drill (min. 2000 RPM) drives the pump through the override shaft - keeping you operational in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeyed Rocker Switch Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard keyed switch and harness for simple one-touch operation, while also preventing unauthorized use of the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePVC High-Temperature Nylon Braid Harness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wire harnesses are built to handle tough environments, protecting against heat and abrasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Mounting Brackets Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolts to the center tube of a gooseneck trailer with included universal brackets for straightforward installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Single-Function Pump with Pump Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty pump is protected and rated for commercial-grade use cycle after cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWireless Remote Option Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional wireless remote (part 7823) sold separately for added convenience with single-function jacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement Cylinder Part 1179EQ:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identified service parts available for long-term ownership and easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAM series single-leg hydraulic jack (24\" stroke)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCommercial single-function pump with manual override screw drive\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePump cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeyed rocker switch and wire harness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniversal mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  For horse trailer owners and motorsports haulers, the EQ Systems AM 1\/24 is the upgrade that makes every hookup and departure faster and less physically demanding. Trusted by operators who rely on their equipment in demanding real-world conditions, this system is engineered to deliver consistent, powerful lifting performance trip after trip. The screw drive manual override means you're never truly stranded - a detail that experienced trailer owners genuinely appreciate when things don't go as planned. The keyed control adds a practical security layer, ensuring only authorized users can operate the system. Backed by EQ Systems' reputation for commercial-grade hydraulic lifting equipment, this jack is built to handle the demands of daily use and years of dependable service. If you're done wrestling with manual jacks on a loaded trailer, this is the solution built for you.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8107UPS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM series tube in tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLegs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLifting Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStroke Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" x 4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRetracted Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtended Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.3125\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder Bore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManual Override\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew drive output shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyed rocker switch and harness, standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHydraulic Fluid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDexron III ATF (ships without fluid)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery Requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum 150A at 10.5 VDC for 30 seconds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips without mounting bolts (bolt kits available separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReplacement Cylinder Part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1179EQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this unit ship with hydraulic fluid and mounting bolts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the AM 1\/24 ships without hydraulic fluid or mounting bolts. The system runs on Dexron III ATF, which you'll need to source separately and fill to about one inch below the top of the reservoir with the jacks fully retracted. Bolt kits are available for purchase online. Be sure to run the unit with the vented breather cap fitted - not the flush shipping plug - or the jack may operate erratically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the manual override work if I lose power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eIf the system loses power, you can drive the pump manually using an electric drill through the override shaft located on the end of the motor, under a plastic cap or foil seal. The drill must reach at least 2000 RPM for the pump to develop enough pressure to move the jack. Most pumps use a 7\/16 inch hex driver, while others use a 1\/4 inch (6mm) Allen hex key - check the AM Single Leg manual for your specific unit. Use care to keep the drill away from wires and hoses during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of trailer is this jack designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AM 1\/24 is designed to bolt to the center tube of a gooseneck trailer. It is ideal for horse trailers and motorsports or cargo trailers where a heavy-duty, high-capacity single-leg hydraulic lift is needed. The universal mounting brackets are included to simplify installation on compatible gooseneck trailer frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat battery specifications are required to run this system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eEQ Systems recommends load testing your battery before use - it should deliver a minimum of 150 amperes at a minimum of 10.5 VDC for at least 30 seconds. Keep terminals clean and tight, and maintain the battery per the manufacturer's requirements. If your trailer sits between trips, EQ Systems offers Stay Charge parts (8400 and 8427) that charge the trailer battery from the tow vehicle, as well as a solar kit (70486) to keep the jack battery topped up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs a wireless remote available for this jack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - an optional wireless remote is available as part 7823, compatible with single-function jacks like the AM 1\/24. This is sold separately and can be a convenient upgrade if you prefer not to use the standard keyed rocker switch for every operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often does this system require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eEQ Systems recommends inspecting the system every 12 months. During inspection, check that all connections are tight and free from corrosion - particularly the ground connection to the pump stud and the positive cable to the motor solenoid. Regular maintenance ensures reliable long-term performance and helps catch any issues before they become serious problems in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EQ Outdoors","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087298048305,"sku":"8107UPS","price":1375.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/8107UPS-RVU.webp?v=1788364659"},{"product_id":"aj-hydraulic-trailer-jack-1-24-with-manual-override-screw-drive-by-eq-systems","title":"AJ Hydraulic Trailer Jack 1\/24 with Manual Override Screw Drive by EQ Systems","description":"\u003ch1\u003eAJ Hydraulic Trailer Jack 1\/24 with Manual Override Screw Drive by EQ Systems\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The EQ Systems AJ Hydraulic Trailer Jack is a complete single-leg hydraulic lifting system engineered for gooseneck trailers, purpose-built for horse trailers and motorsports\/cargo trailers with living quarters up to an 11-foot short wall. With an 8,000 lb lifting capacity and a 24-inch stroke, this system handles the real demands of a loaded trailer without the struggle of a manual crank. The AJ series features a rugged 3.5\" x 3.5\" square tube-in-tube design that bolts directly to the center tube of a gooseneck, delivering a solid, reliable connection every time.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Instead of fighting a hand crank on a heavy loaded trailer, a simple rocker switch does the work - turning a frustrating chore into a clean two-minute hookup. A weatherproof switchgear control with a keyed ignition comes standard, preventing unauthorized use and standing up to harsh outdoor conditions. Whether you're at a show, a race, or a remote job site, this system is built to perform trip after trip.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8,000 lb Lifting Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handles loaded horse trailers and motorsports\/cargo trailers with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24\" Stroke Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extends from 35.5\" retracted to 59.5\" extended for significant ground clearance adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5\" x 3.5\" Tube-in-Tube (AJ Series):\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty square tube construction for maximum rigidity and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRocker Switch Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces manual cranking - hooks up a loaded trailer in about two minutes with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof Switchgear with Key:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard keyed ignition prevents unauthorized use and withstands outdoor environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual Override - Screw Drive:\u003c\/strong\u003e If power is lost, a reversible drill with a 6mm (1\/4\") Allen hex key at 2,000+ RPM can operate the jack through the override output shaft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Single-Function Hydraulic Pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to commercial standards with a steel pump cover for long-term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePVC High-Temperature Nylon Braid Wire Harnesses:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wiring is protected against heat and abrasion for use in tough environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Mounting Brackets Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplifies installation on a wide range of gooseneck trailer configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWireless Remote Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional wireless remote (part 7823) available for added convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAJ series single-leg hydraulic jack (24\" stroke)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCommercial single-function hydraulic pump with manual override screw drive\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSteel pump cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeatherproof switchgear control with rocker switch and key\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniversal mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWire harness with PVC high-temperature nylon braid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: Unit ships without hydraulic fluid (Dexron III ATF required) or mounting bolts. Bolt kits are available separately.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The EQ Systems AJ Hydraulic Jack is trusted by horse trailer owners, motorsports haulers, and commercial operators who need a dependable, no-nonsense lifting system they can count on every single trip. EQ Systems has built a reputation for rugged hydraulic trailer equipment that holds up under real working conditions - not just occasional weekend use. The keyed switchgear means your trailer stays secure when parked, while the screw drive manual override gives you a true backup plan if you ever lose power far from help.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built and supported out of Cassopolis, Michigan, this is American-made engineering designed for the long haul. The PVC high-temp nylon braid wiring, commercial-grade pump, and steel pump cover all speak to a system built for years of dependable use - not just a season or two. For anyone who has ever wrestled with a manual jack on a loaded gooseneck, this system is the upgrade that pays for itself in time, effort, and peace of mind.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAJ Series Tube-in-Tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Legs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (Single Leg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLifting Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStroke Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5\" x 3.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRetracted Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtended Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder Bore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManual Override\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew drive output shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeatherproof switchgear with rocker switch and key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHydraulic Fluid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDexron III ATF (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery Requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum 150A at 10.5 VDC for at least 30 seconds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManual Override Tool\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm (1\/4\") Allen hex key, reversible drill at 2,000+ RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReplacement Cylinder Part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2505EQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8470UPS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes - bolts to center tube of gooseneck trailer; unit ships without fluid or mounting bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this jack ship with hydraulic fluid?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo - the unit ships without hydraulic fluid. You will need to fill it with Dexron III ATF, filled to about one inch below the top of the reservoir with the jacks fully retracted. Keep in mind the fluid level rises as the jacks retract, so do not overfill. The reservoir must operate with the vented breather cap fitted - not the flush shipping plug - or the jack will operate erratically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat happens if the jack loses power in the field?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe AJ jack includes a screw drive manual override. To use it, remove the pump cover and the foil seal on top of the motor, then drive the override shaft with a reversible drill capable of at least 2,000 RPM using a 6mm (1\/4\") Allen hex key. Clockwise retracts the jack and counterclockwise extends it. The drill must reach 2,000 RPM or the pump will not develop enough pressure to move the jack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat size and type of gooseneck trailers is this jack compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis jack is designed to bolt to the center tube of a gooseneck trailer and is ideally suited for trailers with living quarters up to an 11-foot short wall. It is commonly used on horse trailers and motorsports\/cargo trailers. Universal mounting brackets are included to accommodate a range of trailer configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs a wireless remote available for this jack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - a wireless remote is available as an optional accessory for single-function jacks (part number 7823). The standard system includes a weatherproof rocker switch control with a keyed ignition. Contact EQ Systems or check their accessories catalog for the wireless remote option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat are the battery requirements to run this jack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eEQ Systems recommends that your trailer battery deliver a minimum of 150 amperes at a minimum of 10.5 VDC for at least 30 seconds. Keep terminals tight and free of corrosion, and keep the battery properly charged. If the trailer sits between trips, EQ Systems offers Stay Charge accessories (parts 8400 and 8427) and a solar kit (part 70487) to keep the battery maintained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this jack require annual maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - EQ Systems recommends inspecting the system every 12 months. During inspection, check that all connections are tight and free from corrosion, paying particular attention to the ground connection at the pump stud and the positive cable at the motor solenoid. Keeping up with maintenance ensures reliable long-term performance and helps catch any issues before they become problems on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EQ Outdoors","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087298081073,"sku":"8470UPS","price":1075.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/8470UPS-RVU_cc692d9c-29b4-4ff3-8bbe-470689e78d8d.webp?v=1788364659"},{"product_id":"freedom-super-recovery-rope-50-400-000-lbs-break-strength","title":"Freedom Super Recovery Rope | 50' - 400,000 lbs Break Strength","description":"\u003ch1\u003eFreedom Super Recovery Rope | 50' - 400,000 lbs Break Strength\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Freedom Super Recovery Rope is a heavy-duty solution engineered for the most demanding commercial, industrial, and agricultural extraction scenarios imaginable. With a staggering 400,000 lb break strength, this 50-foot rope delivers unmatched pulling power capable of freeing the heaviest equipment - tractors, industrial vehicles, and large agricultural machinery - from severe mud, clay, and soft terrain. Its durable outer sheath resists abrasion, water absorption, and UV degradation, keeping performance consistent across punishing field conditions.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built for operators who cannot afford failure, this rope features heavy-duty reinforced eye loops with extra protective coating at all high-wear rigging points. The full 50-foot working length ensures a safe operational distance between the recovery vehicle and the stuck load. When standard recovery gear simply won't cut it, the Freedom Super Recovery Rope is the tool professionals trust.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400,000 lb Break Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum recovery capacity engineered for high-tonnage agricultural, commercial, and industrial machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50-Foot Working Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides optimal safety distance between the recovery vehicle and the stuck equipment during high-load extractions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Outer Sheath:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-abrasion resistance guards against mud, gravel, water absorption, and UV breakdown in harsh field conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Reinforced Eye Loops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra protective coating at all wear points ensures maximum longevity during extreme high-load rigging operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtreme Terrain Performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purpose-built to extract deeply mired equipment from severe mud, clay, and soft terrain where standard ropes fail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial \u0026amp; Industrial Grade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for professional use in agricultural, construction, and industrial recovery environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreedomropes Brand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered by a brand dedicated to heavy-duty recovery solutions trusted by serious operators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreedom Super Recovery Rope (50' - 400,000 lbs Break Strength)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  When you're operating heavy machinery in remote or demanding environments, recovery gear isn't optional - it's mission-critical. The Freedom Super Recovery Rope is built to handle the kind of recoveries that would destroy lesser equipment, giving farm operators, construction crews, and industrial teams the confidence to work in difficult terrain without fear of being stranded. The reinforced eye loops and abrasion-resistant outer sheath mean this rope holds up job after job, season after season. Its 50-foot length keeps your recovery vehicle at a safe distance during even the most intense pull. For fleet managers, equipment operators, and agricultural professionals who demand reliability at the highest load ratings available, this rope is an investment in uptime and safety. When the stakes are high and the equipment is heavy, trust the Freedom Super Recovery Rope to get the job done.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBreak Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeon Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOuter Sheath\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-abrasion resistant, UV resistant, water resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEye Loops\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty reinforced with extra protective coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreedomropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat types of equipment is this rope designed to recover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Freedom Super Recovery Rope is designed for extreme heavy-duty recoveries involving high-tonnage machinery - including agricultural tractors, industrial vehicles, construction equipment, and large commercial vehicles that are deeply mired in mud, clay, or soft terrain. Its 400,000 lb break strength puts it well beyond the capability of standard recovery ropes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this a kinetic (snatch) rope or a static recovery rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis is a heavy-duty static recovery rope engineered for maximum break strength and controlled, high-load extraction. It is distinct from kinetic energy recovery ropes, which rely on stretch and rebound to free stuck vehicles. This rope is built for sheer pulling power in commercial and industrial scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I rig this rope safely for a heavy equipment recovery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAlways connect through the reinforced eye loops at each end using appropriately rated shackles or rigging hardware rated for the anticipated load. Ensure all connection points are inspected before each use, keep bystanders clear of the load path, and use the full 50-foot length to maintain a safe distance between vehicles. Consult a qualified rigging professional if you are unfamiliar with heavy equipment recovery procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow should I store and maintain this rope to maximize its lifespan?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAfter each use, rinse the rope to remove mud, debris, and contaminants, then allow it to dry fully before storage. Store it coiled loosely in a cool, dry location away from direct sunlight and chemicals. Inspect the sheath and eye loops regularly for signs of wear, fraying, or damage, and retire the rope from service if any structural compromise is found.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes the rope come with shackles or other rigging hardware?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe Freedom Super Recovery Rope (50' - 400,000 lbs Break Strength) is sold as the rope only. Compatible heavy-duty soft shackles and other rigging accessories are available separately. For a recovery setup rated to handle this rope's capacity, be sure all hardware is rated to match or exceed the 400,000 lb break strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Freedomropes","offers":[{"title":"neon green","offer_id":56087301947697,"sku":"sku-52245125923106","price":3750.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Screenshot2026-06-02at1.42.06PM.png?v=1788364844"},{"product_id":"3-x30-kinetic-energy-rope-290-000-breakstrength","title":"3”x30’ Kinetic Energy Rope (290,000 Breakstrength)","description":"\u003ch1\u003e3\"x30' Kinetic Energy Rope (290,000 Breakstrength)\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Freedom Ropes 3\" x 30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope is the most powerful tool in any serious recovery setup, engineered with a staggering 290,000 lb breakstrength for the heaviest, most demanding extractions imaginable. Unlike static straps, this rope uses kinetic energy technology - stretching under load and releasing stored energy to deliver a smooth, controlled pull that protects your vehicle's recovery points from shock-loading damage. At 3 inches in diameter, it is purpose-built for heavy machinery, large commercial vehicles, agricultural equipment, and mining operations where nothing less than maximum strength will do.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nFreedom Ropes crafts each rope for durability that stands up to harsh environments and intense forces, backed by professional-grade labeling so operators always know exactly what capacity they are working within. Whether you are a professional recovery operator, farmer, miner, or heavy equipment specialist, this rope is the ultimate insurance policy for your most critical recoveries.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e290,000 lb Breakstrength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Massive rated capacity built for heavy machinery, commercial vehicles, and industrial recovery scenarios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\" Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra-large rope diameter designed to handle the most demanding recovery loads with ease and confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30' Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides ample working distance between vehicles or anchor points during recovery operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKinetic Energy Technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rope stretches under load and releases stored energy, delivering a powerful and progressive pull rather than a sudden jerk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Stress on Recovery Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e The kinetic stretch-and-release action minimizes shock loading on hitches, shackles, and frame recovery points compared to static straps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Machinery Grade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered specifically for large-scale and industrial applications including agriculture, mining, and commercial operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather and Element Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to maintain performance and durability when exposed to harsh outdoor conditions and repeated heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional-Grade Labeling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear capacity markings ensure operators always work within safe rated limits - safety-first design for high-stakes extractions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreedom Ropes Brand:\u003c\/strong\u003e A trusted name in kinetic energy recovery, built with quality materials and precision construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3\" x 30' Freedom Ropes Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope (290,000 lb Breakstrength)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nWhen the job demands absolute reliability and raw power, the Freedom Ropes 3\" Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope delivers without compromise. Professionals across agriculture, mining, and heavy recovery trust kinetic energy ropes for their ability to extract even the most deeply stuck heavy equipment - and at 290,000 lbs of breakstrength, this rope is in a class of its own. The kinetic stretch technology takes the violence out of the recovery pull, protecting expensive equipment and keeping operators safer on the job. Every rope is built to endure the elements and repeated high-stress use, so it will be ready when you need it most. For operators, fleet managers, and facilities professionals who refuse to cut corners on safety and capability, this is the recovery rope that earns its place in your kit.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBreakstrength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKinetic Energy Recovery Rope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreedom Ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a kinetic energy rope and a static tow strap?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eA kinetic energy recovery rope is designed to stretch - typically 20-30% of its length - under load, storing energy like a spring. When it reaches maximum stretch, it releases that stored energy in a powerful, progressive pull. This dramatically reduces shock loading on both vehicles' recovery points compared to a static strap, which transfers force almost instantaneously. For heavy machinery and high-stakes recoveries, kinetic ropes are far safer and more effective than static straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat types of vehicles or equipment is this rope rated for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWith a 290,000 lb breakstrength and a 3-inch diameter, this rope is engineered for heavy machinery, large commercial vehicles, agricultural equipment, mining vehicles, and other industrial applications. It is not intended for standard passenger trucks or SUVs - those applications are better served by smaller diameter kinetic ropes with lower breakstrength ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDo I need special shackles or hardware to use this rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - any shackles, hooks, or recovery hardware used with this rope must be rated to meet or exceed the rope's 290,000 lb breakstrength. Using undersized hardware is dangerous and can result in catastrophic failure. Freedom Ropes offers compatible heavy-duty soft shackles rated for high-capacity recovery use, which are worth considering alongside this rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow should I store and maintain a kinetic energy recovery rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eStore your kinetic rope in a cool, dry location away from direct sunlight when not in use, as prolonged UV exposure can degrade synthetic fibers over time. Rinse with fresh water after use in muddy or saltwater environments and allow it to dry completely before storing. Inspect the rope before each use for fraying, cuts, or abrasion damage, and retire any rope that shows signs of significant wear or has been subjected to a load at or near its breakstrength rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan this rope be used for lifting or overhead applications?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNo. This rope is rated exclusively for vehicle and equipment recovery (horizontal pulling) and must never be used for lifting, overhead rigging, or any vertical load application. Using a recovery rope for lifting is extremely dangerous and is not a rated or approved use for this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Freedomropes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087302242609,"sku":"sku-51716167303458","price":2999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Screenshot2026-06-02at1.39.34PM.png?v=1788364849"},{"product_id":"freedom-super-recovery-ropes-250-000-breakstrength","title":"Freedom Super Recovery Ropes - 250,000 BreakStrength","description":"\u003ch1\u003eFreedom Super Recovery Ropes - 250,000 BreakStrength\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Freedom Super Recovery Rope with 250,000 lb. break strength is purpose-built for heavy-duty vehicle recovery operations - think semi trucks, heavy equipment, and large commercial rigs. At its core is Plasma® 12 Strand synthetic fiber, a revolutionary material that delivers tensile strength on par with steel while weighing a fraction of the weight. At just 30 pounds for a 1-5\/8\" x 30' rope, this is a serious working tool that doesn't punish your crew during setup and deployment.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Beyond raw strength, the Freedom Super Recovery Rope raises the bar on job-site safety. Unlike steel chains and cables, synthetic rope doesn't store dangerous amounts of kinetic energy - meaning if something does go wrong, the risk of violent recoil is dramatically reduced. Whether you're running a recovery operation on a highway, a work site, or in the field, this rope is engineered to perform when the stakes are highest.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250,000 lb. Break Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for the heaviest recovery loads - ideal for semi trucks and large commercial vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlasma® 12 Strand Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Revolutionary synthetic fiber core delivers steel-equivalent tensile strength in a flexible, manageable rope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-5\/8\" x 30' Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized specifically for high-capacity recovery applications with 30 feet of working length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnly 30 lbs.:\u003c\/strong\u003e Incredibly light for its strength class - 70% lighter than comparable steel cable or chain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70% Lighter Than Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dramatically reduces crew fatigue, speeds up setup, and makes transportation and storage far easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Recoil Risk:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synthetic rope stores significantly less kinetic energy than steel, making failure events far safer for personnel and equipment nearby.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafer Than Chains or Cables:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered with safety as a standard - not an afterthought - for high-stakes recovery environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreedom Ropes Brand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed by a company specializing in heavy-duty synthetic recovery ropes for professional and commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x Freedom Super Recovery Rope - 1-5\/8\" x 30', 250,000 lb. Break Strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  When you're recovering a loaded semi or heavy commercial equipment, there's no room for gear that lets you down. The Freedom Super Recovery Rope is trusted by recovery professionals who need maximum break strength without the handling headaches of steel chain or cable. At just 30 pounds, one person can manage this rope quickly and safely - even in demanding field conditions. The Plasma® 12 Strand construction ensures consistent, reliable performance pull after pull. And because synthetic rope is inherently safer in failure scenarios, your crew is better protected on every job. For operations that demand the best in strength, safety, and efficiency, this rope delivers on all counts.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreedom Ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-5\/8\" x 30'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBreak Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250,000 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlasma® 12 Strand synthetic fiber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat makes Plasma® 12 Strand different from regular rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003ePlasma® 12 Strand is a high-performance synthetic fiber engineered to achieve tensile strength comparable to steel wire rope. Unlike traditional nylon or polyester ropes, Plasma® 12 Strand is ultra-lightweight and highly resistant to abrasion and UV degradation. This combination of strength and low weight makes it ideal for heavy-duty recovery applications where both performance and handling matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs synthetic recovery rope really safer than steel cable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. When steel cable or chain fails under load, it releases a massive amount of stored kinetic energy, creating a dangerous and potentially deadly whip-back effect. Synthetic rope like the Freedom Super Recovery Rope stores far less energy, so in the event of a failure the rope falls to the ground rather than snapping back violently. This is a significant safety advantage in professional recovery operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan this rope be used for semi truck and heavy equipment recovery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely. With a 250,000 lb. break strength, this rope is specifically rated for heavy-vehicle recovery including semi trucks, loaded trailers, construction equipment, and other large commercial vehicles. Always match the rope's working load limit to the weight of the vehicle being recovered and follow proper recovery procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow should I store and maintain this recovery rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eStore your Freedom Super Recovery Rope in a cool, dry location away from prolonged direct sunlight and sharp edges. After each use, inspect the rope for cuts, abrasions, or signs of wear. Rinse off dirt and debris with clean water and allow it to dry fully before storing. Avoid contact with chemicals such as acids or solvents, which can degrade synthetic fibers over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this rope require any special hardware or shackles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eFor best results and to maintain the safety advantages of synthetic rope, it is recommended to pair this recovery rope with high-strength soft shackles rather than traditional steel hardware. Soft shackles are lighter, safer in failure scenarios, and won't damage the rope fibers the way metal shackles can. Freedom Ropes offers compatible soft shackles separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Freedomropes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087302308145,"sku":"Maga158","price":1599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Screenshot_2025-09-26_at_10.25.48_PM_5d745b1c-a028-458b-8385-c180fe4f8e27.png?v=1788364848"},{"product_id":"freedom-super-recovery-ropes-1-25x30-150-000-breakstrength","title":"Freedom Super Recovery Ropes - 1.25\"x30'= 150,000 BreakStrength","description":"\u003ch1\u003eFreedom Super Recovery Ropes - 1.25\"x30' = 150,000 Break Strength\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Freedom Super Recovery Rope in 1.25\" x 30' delivers a massive 150,000 lb break strength in a package that weighs just 20 pounds - making it one of the most capable and manageable heavy-duty recovery ropes on the market. Built around Plasma® 12 Strand synthetic fiber, this rope matches the tensile strength of steel while coming in at 70% lighter, dramatically reducing handling effort and setup time in the field. Engineered for high-stakes recovery operations, it is trusted by crews that demand performance without compromise.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nBeyond raw strength, the Freedom Super Recovery Rope is designed with safety as a priority. Unlike steel chains or cables, synthetic rope does not store dangerous kinetic energy under load - meaning in the rare event of a failure, the risk of violent recoil is significantly reduced, protecting both personnel and equipment. Whether you're running recovery operations for heavy vehicles, fleet trucks, or industrial equipment, this rope is built to handle the work reliably and safely.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlasma® 12 Strand Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Revolutionary synthetic fiber core delivers steel-equivalent tensile strength in a lightweight, flexible form.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150,000 lb Break Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for heavy-load recovery operations with confidence and consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.25\" x 30' Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Generous length and diameter sized for serious heavy-duty recovery applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnly 20 lb Rope Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dramatically easier to handle, deploy, and store compared to steel cable or chain equivalents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70% Lighter Than Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduces crew fatigue, speeds up setup, and lowers strain on rigging equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafer Than Steel Chain or Cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synthetic construction stores far less kinetic energy, greatly reducing dangerous snap-back recoil risk on failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for High-Stakes Environments:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered for professional recovery, industrial, and fleet operations where failure is not an option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreedom Ropes Brand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purpose-built recovery rope specialist known for premium synthetic rope systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreedom Super Recovery Rope - 1.25\" x 30' (150,000 lb Break Strength)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nWhen your operation depends on getting heavy equipment unstuck and back to work, you need a recovery rope that performs without hesitation - and the Freedom Super Recovery Rope delivers exactly that. At just 20 pounds, it's easy for a single operator to handle, yet it carries a 150,000 lb break strength that puts it in the same league as steel rigging at a fraction of the weight. The Plasma® 12 Strand core is a proven technology trusted in demanding professional environments where reliability is non-negotiable. The inherently safer failure profile means you're protecting your crew every time you deploy it - no violent recoil, no unpredictable snap-back. For fleet managers, recovery professionals, and industrial operators who need the best synthetic recovery rope available, Freedom delivers a product built to earn your trust every single use.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBreak Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRope Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlasma® 12 Strand Synthetic Fiber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight vs. Steel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70% lighter than steel equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreedom Ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy choose a synthetic recovery rope over a steel cable or chain?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eSynthetic recovery ropes like the Freedom Super Recovery Rope offer the same tensile strength as steel but are up to 70% lighter, making them far easier to handle and deploy. More importantly, synthetic ropes are significantly safer - steel cables and chains store large amounts of kinetic energy under tension, and if they snap, they can recoil with lethal force. Synthetic ropes release that energy much more slowly and predictably, greatly reducing the risk of injury to your crew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is Plasma® 12 Strand fiber and why does it matter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003ePlasma® 12 Strand is a high-performance synthetic fiber recognized for its extraordinary strength-to-weight ratio. It is engineered to match the tensile strength of steel wire rope while remaining flexible, lightweight, and easy to handle. This material is what allows the Freedom Super Recovery Rope to achieve a 150,000 lb break strength at just 20 pounds of rope weight - a combination that simply isn't possible with traditional materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of vehicles or equipment is this rope rated for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWith a 150,000 lb break strength, this rope is suited for heavy-duty recovery operations involving large commercial trucks, heavy equipment, fleet vehicles, and industrial machinery. It is designed for professional recovery and rigging environments where extreme loads are a regular part of the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the rope come with shackles or a storage bag?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis listing is for the rope only. If you need shackles or a complete kit with a bag, Freedom Ropes offers bundle options that include soft shackles and a carry bag - reach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we can help you find the right configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should I care for and store my Freedom Super Recovery Rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eSynthetic ropes should be kept clean and dry when stored. Rinse off mud, dirt, or chemicals after use and allow the rope to dry fully before stowing it. Avoid storing it in direct sunlight for prolonged periods, as UV exposure can degrade synthetic fibers over time. Inspect the rope regularly for cuts, abrasion, or signs of wear before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Freedomropes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087302275377,"sku":"FSRR125","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/5133255404.jpg?v=1788364848"},{"product_id":"freedom-super-recovery-ropes-300-000-breakstrength","title":"Freedom Super Recovery Ropes - 300,000 BreakStrength","description":"\u003ch1\u003eFreedom Super Recovery Ropes - 300,000 BreakStrength\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Freedom Super Recovery Rope with 300,000 lb break strength is built for the most demanding heavy recovery operations on the planet. At its core is Plasma® 12 Strand synthetic fiber - a revolutionary material that delivers the same tensile strength as steel while weighing in at just 40 pounds for the full 1-3\/4\" x 30' rope. That's 70% lighter than comparable steel cables or chains, making setup faster, handling easier, and crew fatigue a thing of the past.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Beyond raw strength, Freedom Super Recovery Ropes are engineered with safety as a priority. Unlike steel cables and chains, synthetic rope does not store dangerous levels of kinetic energy, so in the rare event of a failure, the risk of life-threatening recoil is dramatically reduced. Whether you're running a heavy recovery operation, managing large equipment extractions, or working in high-stakes field conditions, this rope is the smarter, safer, and stronger choice.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300,000 lb Break Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for the heaviest recovery loads - handles what steel chains and cables are pushed to their limits on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlasma® 12 Strand Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Revolutionary synthetic fiber core delivers steel-equivalent tensile strength in a lightweight, flexible package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-3\/4\" x 30' Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for large-scale recovery operations requiring maximum pulling capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnly 40 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Despite its extreme strength rating, the rope weighs just 40 pounds - making it practical to carry, deploy, and stow by a small crew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70% Lighter Than Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dramatically reduces handling strain, speeds up setup time, and cuts fatigue in field operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafer Than Steel Cable or Chain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synthetic construction stores significantly less kinetic energy than steel - far less dangerous recoil risk if the rope were to fail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreedom Ropes Brand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purpose-built for professional recovery use by a brand dedicated to high-performance synthetic rope solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo Dangerous Metal Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eliminates the hazards associated with metal snap-back from chains and wire rope during high-tension operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreedom Super Recovery Rope - 1-3\/4\" x 30', 300,000 lb Break Strength (rope only)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  When the job demands absolute reliability, the Freedom Super Recovery Rope delivers with confidence. Trusted by recovery professionals and heavy equipment operators, this rope is engineered for years of dependable use in the most punishing field conditions. The Plasma® 12 Strand core means you're not making a compromise between strength and weight - you're getting both at a level steel simply can't match. At just 40 pounds for a 300,000 lb rated rope, your crew can work faster and smarter without hauling around heavy chains. The built-in safety advantage of synthetic rope construction gives peace of mind in high-pressure situations where the stakes are high. For any operation where failure is not an option, this is the recovery rope that rises to the challenge.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreedom Ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-3\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBreak Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlasma® 12 Strand synthetic fiber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat is Plasma® 12 Strand and why does it matter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003ePlasma® 12 Strand is a high-performance synthetic fiber engineered to match the tensile strength of steel while being a fraction of the weight. The 12-strand braided construction maximizes load distribution across the rope, giving it exceptional strength, flexibility, and durability. It's the same technology used in marine, military, and industrial towing applications where strength and safety are non-negotiable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this rope safer than steel cable or chain for recovery operations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - synthetic ropes like this one store significantly less kinetic energy under tension than steel cables or chains. If a steel cable or chain snaps under load, it can recoil with deadly force. A synthetic rope drops to the ground much more predictably, greatly reducing the risk of injury to personnel and damage to equipment. This is one of the primary reasons professional recovery operators are switching from steel to high-strength synthetic rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this rope come with soft shackles or any additional hardware?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe 300,000 lb break strength rope is sold as rope only. If you need soft shackles or other rigging hardware to complete your recovery setup, Freedom Ropes offers compatible accessories separately - contact us and we can help point you toward the right combination for your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat types of vehicles or equipment is this rope rated for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWith a 300,000 lb break strength, this rope is designed for the heaviest recovery scenarios - think large commercial trucks, construction equipment, military vehicles, heavy machinery, and similar high-gross-weight loads. Always match your rope rating to the load requirements and add an appropriate safety margin for dynamic recovery situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow should I store and care for the Freedom Super Recovery Rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eStore the rope in a cool, dry location away from prolonged direct UV exposure and sharp edges. Rinse with fresh water if exposed to mud, salt, or chemicals and allow it to fully dry before storing. Inspect the rope before each use for signs of abrasion, fraying, or core damage. Proper care will extend the life of the rope and help maintain its rated performance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Freedomropes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087302340913,"sku":"SRR34","price":1799.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Screenshot_2026-06-02_at_1.41.13_PM.png?v=1788364849"},{"product_id":"2-5x30-kinetic-energy-recovery-rope","title":"2.5\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2.5\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Freedom Ropes 2.5\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope is built for serious heavy-duty off-road recovery operations where standard chains and straps simply won't cut it. Engineered from 100% double-braided nylon, this rope delivers a massive 201,000 lb breaking strength while remaining significantly lighter and safer than traditional chain recovery methods. Its standout 33% stretch capability generates up to 10 feet of dynamic kinetic play, allowing the recovering vehicle to build momentum and transfer energy smoothly into the stuck vehicle - reducing shock loads and wear on both rigs.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're pulling a semi, a military vehicle, heavy construction equipment, or an oversized off-road build out of deep mud, sand, or snow, this rope is designed to handle the demands of commercial-grade recovery work. Freedom Ropes has built this rope to perform when the stakes are high, delivering maximum kinetic energy capacity in a rope that's durable enough to use again and again.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreaking Strength - 201,000 lbs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for extreme heavy-duty recovery operations, capable of pulling the largest off-road and commercial vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e33% Stretch Capability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides up to 10 feet of dynamic kinetic play, allowing energy to build gradually and reducing sudden shock loads on both vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.5\" Diameter x 30' Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Substantial rope size engineered for maximum kinetic energy capacity in commercial and heavy-vehicle recovery scenarios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Double-Braided Nylon Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Commercial-grade braid provides superior strength, abrasion resistance, and long-term durability under repeated use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafer Than Chain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike steel chain, this kinetic rope won't shatter or become a dangerous projectile under load failure - a critical safety advantage in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLighter Than Chain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easier to handle, deploy, and transport without sacrificing recovery power or reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Vehicle Focused Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically designed to keep heavy vehicles moving through challenging terrain with less wear and tear on drivetrain components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeon Green Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-visibility color makes the rope easy to spot in low-light or dense terrain conditions, improving on-site safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreedom Ropes Brand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built by a brand dedicated to kinetic recovery rope engineering, trusted for commercial-grade performance and quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2.5\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope (neon green)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  When you're deep in the backcountry or on a jobsite with a vehicle that won't budge, the Freedom Ropes 2.5\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope gives you the confidence to get it done. With a 201,000 lb breaking strength and commercial-grade double-braided nylon construction, this rope is engineered to perform under the most punishing conditions - time after time. The kinetic stretch design means you're working smarter, not harder, using stored energy to break vehicles free without the jarring snap loads that damage equipment and endanger crews. Compared to chain, it's lighter to pack, faster to rig, and far safer should anything go wrong under tension. Whether you're a recovery professional, an overland expedition driver, or a fleet manager running heavy off-road equipment, this rope delivers the kind of dependable, heavy-duty performance you need in the field. Built by Freedom Ropes with serious recovery work in mind, this is a tool that earns its place in every recovery kit.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreedom Ropes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e201,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStretch Capability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 33% (approx. 10 feet of dynamic play)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% double-braided nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeon green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction Grade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommercial grade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes a kinetic recovery rope different from a tow strap?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eA kinetic recovery rope is specifically designed to stretch under load - typically 20-33% - which allows the recovering vehicle to build momentum before the energy transfers to the stuck vehicle. This \"kinetic\" energy transfer is far more effective at breaking a vehicle free from deep mud, sand, or snow than a static tow strap, which simply transfers a direct pull with no give. Kinetic ropes also dramatically reduce shock loads on both vehicles, protecting drivetrain components and recovery points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy is this rope safer than using a chain for recovery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eSteel chains store no energy - they transmit force instantaneously and create severe shock loads that can damage vehicles and recovery points. More critically, if a chain or its hardware fails under load, the recoil can send metal fragments flying at lethal speeds. A kinetic nylon rope, by contrast, stretches and absorbs energy gradually. If it fails, it drops to the ground rather than snapping back violently, making it a much safer option for both operators and bystanders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size and type of vehicles is this 2.5\"x30' rope designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWith a 201,000 lb breaking strength, this rope is built for the heaviest recovery scenarios - think semi-trucks, military vehicles, heavy construction equipment, large agricultural machinery, and commercial off-road rigs. It is overkill for a standard passenger truck or SUV, but for operators dealing with vehicles in the multi-ton range, this is the right tool for the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I connect this rope to my vehicle for a recovery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eKinetic recovery ropes should always be connected to rated recovery points - never tow hooks, bumpers, or axles not designed for recovery loads. Soft shackles or rated steel shackles are commonly used to attach the rope loops to recovery points on both vehicles. Always ensure your shackle and recovery point ratings match or exceed the rope's working load. Freedom Ropes also offers compatible soft shackles if you need hardware to complete your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should I store and maintain this recovery rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAfter each use, rinse the rope with clean water to remove mud, sand, and debris that can degrade nylon fibers over time. Allow it to dry completely before storing - avoid storing it wet for extended periods. Keep it out of prolonged direct UV exposure when not in use, and store it loosely coiled or in a rope bag to prevent kinks and abrasion. Inspect the rope before each use for fraying, cuts, or signs of wear, and retire it from recovery use if any damage is found.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Freedomropes","offers":[{"title":"neon green","offer_id":56087302373681,"sku":"FR-KR-25X30","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/Screenshot_2025-01-28_at_8.34.58_PM.png?v=1788364849"},{"product_id":"2x30-kinetic-energy-recovery-rope","title":"2\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope","description":"\u003ch1\u003e2\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The Freedom Ropes 2\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope is a heavy-duty vehicle recovery rope engineered for the most demanding extraction jobs imaginable. Built for semis, dump trucks, mixers, tractors, and other large-scale heavy equipment, this rope delivers the raw pulling power needed when conventional recovery methods simply won't cut it. Its 100% double-braided nylon construction provides a massive 131,500 lb breaking strength, making it one of the most capable kinetic recovery ropes available.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Unlike static tow straps, the kinetic design allows up to 33% stretch - that's a full 10 feet of dynamic energy storage - which converts into a powerful, controlled surge to free even the most deeply stuck vehicles. The neon green color ensures high visibility on any job site or recovery scene, and the included storage bag keeps everything organized and ready to deploy at a moment's notice.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e131,500 lb Breaking Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for the heaviest recovery tasks - semis, dump trucks, mixers, tractors, and other heavy equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" x 30' Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full-size rope offering maximum reach and power for large-vehicle extractions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Double-Braided Nylon:\u003c\/strong\u003e Premium material construction delivers strength, flexibility, and long-term durability under repeated use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKinetic Energy Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stretches up to 33% (10 feet) to store and release energy dynamically, making recoveries smoother and more effective than static straps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeon Green Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-visibility bright green hue ensures the rope is easy to spot during recovery operations in any conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Storage Bag Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with a purpose-built bag for protected, organized storage and quick deployment in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Heavy Equipment Recovery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically designed for semis, dump trucks, cement mixers, tractors, and similarly heavy vehicles stuck in sand, mud, or snow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-Year Limited Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by Freedom Ropes with a one-year limited warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope (Neon Green)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  When your livelihood depends on keeping heavy equipment moving, you need recovery gear that won't let you down. The Freedom Ropes 2\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope is trusted by operators who work with semis, dump trucks, and heavy machinery in some of the toughest conditions on the planet. The kinetic stretch technology means you're not just yanking - you're applying smooth, progressive force that dramatically reduces the risk of damage to your vehicles and recovery points. With a 131,500 lb breaking strength, this rope is engineered for years of dependable use in the field. The high-visibility neon green color and included storage bag make it as practical as it is powerful, keeping your crew safe and your gear ready to go at all times. Whether you're navigating a muddy construction site, a snow-covered highway, or a deep sand off-road trail, this rope gives you the confidence to get moving again.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eView Product Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength x Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" x 30'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e131,500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% double-braided nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStretch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 33% (up to 10 feet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeon Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIdeal Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-trucks, dump trucks, cement mixers, tractors, and other heavy equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncludes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRope + durable storage bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat makes a kinetic recovery rope different from a regular tow strap?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eA kinetic energy recovery rope stretches under load - in this case up to 33%, or 10 feet - storing energy like a spring. When that energy releases, it delivers a powerful, progressive surge that helps pull a stuck vehicle free without the sudden, jarring shock load of a static strap. This makes recoveries more effective and reduces stress on attachment points, frames, and recovery hardware on both vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIs this rope rated for semi-trucks and other heavy commercial vehicles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes. This rope is specifically designed for heavy commercial equipment including semi-trucks, dump trucks, cement mixers, and tractors. With a 131,500 lb breaking strength, it is built to handle the demands of large-vehicle recovery in sand, mud, snow, and other challenging terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat hardware do I need to use this rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYou will need appropriate recovery shackles or soft shackles rated for the weight of your equipment. We recommend using synthetic soft shackles with a compatible break strength to the rope itself. Never use standard chain hooks or hardware not rated for kinetic recovery loads, as the dynamic force generated can exceed what standard hardware is designed to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow should I store and care for this rope?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eStore the rope in the included bag, away from prolonged direct sunlight, sharp objects, and chemicals such as fuel or solvents, which can degrade nylon fibers over time. After each use, inspect the rope for cuts, abrasions, fraying, or signs of UV damage. Do not use a rope that shows visible damage - retire it and replace it before your next recovery operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this rope come with a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes, the Freedom Ropes 2\"x30' Kinetic Energy Recovery Rope is backed by a 1-year limited warranty from the manufacturer. If you have questions about a warranty claim, please contact us at service@omahasportsandgames.com and we will help you work through the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Freedomropes","offers":[{"title":"Neon Green","offer_id":56087302766897,"sku":"FR-KR-2X30","price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/2x30_1.jpg?v=1788364880"},{"product_id":"polaris-rzr-pro-r-turbo-r-pro-s-radius-rods-mts-offroad","title":"Polaris RZR Pro R\/Turbo R\/Pro S Radius Rods | MTS Offroad","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePolaris RZR Pro R\/Turbo R\/Pro S Radius Rods | MTS Offroad\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The MTS Offroad Radius Rods are a premium suspension upgrade engineered specifically for the Polaris RZR Pro R, Turbo R, and Pro S. Stock radius rods are notorious for bending under hard off-road use - MTS eliminates that weakness entirely with a billet aluminum construction that is dramatically stronger and more durable. Radius rods are a critical part of your UTV's suspension system, directly influencing stability, wheel alignment, and handling on rough terrain.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Whether you're tackling rock crawls, dunes, or high-speed desert runs, these rods give you the confidence that your suspension geometry stays locked in where it belongs. The thicker, more refined profile also adds a visual upgrade over the stock look, making them a smart choice for both performance-driven riders and build-conscious enthusiasts.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBillet Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Far stronger than stock radius rod material - resists bending under aggressive off-road use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet of 6 Radius Rods:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes all 6 Pro R radius rods needed for a complete replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Suspension Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintains proper wheel alignment and handling during demanding off-road driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThicker Profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Noticeably thicker than OEM rods for added rigidity and a more robust feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpgraded Appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleaner, more aggressive look compared to stock components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to fit the Polaris RZR Pro R, Turbo R, and Pro S platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backed by MTS Offroad's lifetime warranty on all products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e MTS Off-Road Suspension Tuning - specialists in UTV suspension performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e6x MTS Billet Aluminum Radius Rods (Polaris RZR Pro R \/ Turbo R \/ Pro S)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  If you've bent a stock radius rod out on the trail, you already know the frustration - and the cost. MTS Offroad has engineered these billet aluminum radius rods specifically to solve that problem for Polaris RZR Pro R, Turbo R, and Pro S owners who demand more from their suspension. Trusted by serious off-road riders, MTS products are built to handle the kind of punishment that stock components simply weren't designed for. The lifetime warranty is a testament to MTS's confidence in their craftsmanship - buy once, ride hard, and never worry about it again. Whether you're building a dedicated race machine or just want a trail rig that holds up without constant maintenance, these radius rods are a no-brainer upgrade that delivers real, tangible performance gains.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill these radius rods fit my specific Polaris RZR model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThese radius rods are designed to fit the Polaris RZR Pro R, Turbo R, and Pro S platforms. If you are unsure whether your specific year or trim is compatible, please reach out to us at service@omahasportsandgames.com before ordering and we'll help confirm fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy should I upgrade from stock radius rods?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eStock Polaris RZR radius rods are prone to bending under hard off-road use, especially on rocks, whoops, and high-speed terrain. A bent radius rod directly compromises your wheel alignment and handling, which can make your RZR unsafe to drive. MTS billet aluminum radius rods are significantly stronger and designed to withstand the repeated stress of aggressive off-road riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many radius rods are included in this set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThis kit includes a complete set of 6 radius rods, covering everything you need to replace all the radius rods on your Polaris RZR Pro R, Turbo R, or Pro S.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat warranty do MTS radius rods come with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAll MTS Offroad products, including these radius rods, are backed by a lifetime warranty. This reflects MTS's commitment to quality and gives you long-term peace of mind on your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I install these radius rods myself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eInstallation difficulty will vary depending on your mechanical experience. These are direct-replacement radius rods designed for the Pro R \/ Turbo R \/ Pro S platform. If you are comfortable with basic UTV suspension work and have the right tools, a DIY install is very feasible. If you have any questions about the process, we recommend consulting a qualified off-road mechanic or reaching out to us for guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"MTS Off-Road","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56087308534065,"sku":"PROR-RRK","price":1200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/MTS_Offroad_Pro_R_Radius_Rods.png?v=1788365266"},{"product_id":"kawasaki-krx-spring-kit-mts-offroad","title":"Kawasaki KRX Spring Kit | MTS Offroad","description":"\u003ch1\u003eKawasaki KRX Spring Kit | MTS Offroad\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The MTS Off-Road Xpedition Dual Rate Spring Kit is a custom-engineered suspension upgrade built specifically for the Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000 and KRX4 1000. Designed to unlock the full potential of your UTV's suspension, each kit is individually tailored to your machine, driving style, and terrain - whether you're tackling mountain trails, rock crawling, or blasting through desert dunes. You'll immediately feel the difference: enhanced stability, a smoother ride, reduced nose diving and bucking, and improved ride height with serious bottom-out resistance.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  If your side-by-side has settled lower than stock due to added accessories or miles of hard use, these springs are the fix. Unlike factory springs that sag and collapse over time, MTS springs are R\u0026amp;D tested for long-term durability and are backed by a lifetime warranty - all manufactured right here in the USA.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom-Tuned Per Rider:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each kit is designed around your machine, driving style, terrain preferences, rider weight, and aftermarket add-ons for a truly personalized setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Rate Spring Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Xpedition dual rate configuration gives you a more compliant initial stroke and progressive resistance at full compression - the best of both worlds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Stability \u0026amp; Ride Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Noticeably smoother ride with reduced nose diving and bucking across all terrain types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncreased Ride Height \u0026amp; Bottom-Out Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrects ride height lost from accessories and added weight, and fights back against harsh bottoming out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every MTS spring kit is backed by a full lifetime warranty - no questions asked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufactured in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Proudly built domestically using the highest quality springs available in the industry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy DIY Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for straightforward at-home installation without needing specialized shop equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Custom Powdercoat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in a wide range of colors including Gloss Black, Polaris Indy Red, Can-am Octane Blue, and many more - including custom Prismatic Powder colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits Teryx KRX 1000 (2-Seat) \u0026amp; KRX4 1000 (4-Seat):\u003c\/strong\u003e Two model options available to match your specific Kawasaki KRX platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eModel Options \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTeryx KRX 1000 (2-Seat):\u003c\/strong\u003e The spring kit tuned for the standard two-seat Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000. Best for solo riders or driver-and-passenger setups who want a dialed-in, high-performance suspension upgrade on their 2-seat machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTeryx KRX4 1000 (4-Seat):\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for the extended four-seat KRX4 1000, accounting for the additional weight and load distribution of a full cab. Ideal for families, groups, or anyone regularly running with a full complement of passengers and gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e8 High Quality Springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 Billet Crossover Rings (where applicable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 Spring Perches (where applicable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  MTS Off-Road has built a reputation among serious UTV enthusiasts for delivering suspension solutions that are engineered to perform - not just bolt on and forget. The Kawasaki KRX Spring Kit is trusted by off-road riders who demand more from their machine, whether that means carving desert dunes, crawling technical rock lines, or charging mountain trails with confidence. Because every kit is custom-built to your exact specs - rider weight, terrain, accessories, and driving style - you're not getting a one-size-fits-all solution, you're getting a suspension tuned for your ride. The use of USA-manufactured, R\u0026amp;D-tested springs means you won't be replacing them a season later due to sag or fatigue. Backed by a lifetime warranty and designed for easy DIY installation, this is the kind of upgrade that pays for itself in performance and durability for years to come.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow is this spring kit custom-tuned to my machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eWhen you order, you'll provide details about your year, driving style, terrain preferences, approximate driver and passenger weights, tire size, and any aftermarket weight additions. MTS Off-Road uses this information to select and configure the correct spring rates and hardware for your specific setup - so what you receive is built around your machine, not a generic fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this kit fit my KRX if I've added a lift kit or long travel suspension?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - there is a field during the order process to indicate if you have a long travel kit installed. MTS takes this into account when designing your spring kit to ensure compatibility and optimal performance with your current suspension configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDo all kits include billet crossover rings and spring perches?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eNot necessarily - certain spring kit configurations do not require spring dividers or crossover rings. Whether they are included depends on the specifics of your build and what MTS determines is needed for your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I get the springs powdercoated in a custom color?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely. MTS offers a wide range of standard powdercoat colors as well as a custom option using Prismatic Powders. When selecting the custom route, you'll provide the Prismatic Powders color code and any instructions for base coats or clear coats at the time of order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow difficult is the installation process?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe MTS Kawasaki KRX Spring Kit is designed for easy DIY installation and does not require specialized shop tools. Most mechanically inclined riders can complete the swap at home. If you have questions about the process, feel free to reach out to MTS Off-Road or our team for guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"MTS Off-Road","offers":[{"title":"TERYX KRX 1000 (2 Seat)","offer_id":56087308566833,"sku":"D1-SK","price":1000.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"TERYX KRX4 1000 (4 Seat)","offer_id":56087308599601,"sku":"D2-SK","price":1000.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/MTS_Off_Road_Suspension_Kit_1.png?v=1788365266"},{"product_id":"yamaha-yxz-spring-kit-mts-offroad","title":"Yamaha YXZ Spring Kit | MTS Offroad","description":"\u003ch1\u003eYamaha YXZ Spring Kit | MTS Offroad\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDescription\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  The MTS Off-Road Yamaha YXZ Dual Rate Spring Kit is engineered to unlock the full potential of your YXZ's suspension system. Custom designed for your specific machine, driving style, and terrain - whether that's mountain trails, rock crawling, or desert and dune riding - this kit delivers a noticeably smoother, more controlled ride from the moment it's installed. High-quality dual rate springs provide enhanced stability, reduced nose diving and bucking, and increased ride height with superior bottom-out resistance.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  If you've loaded up your side-by-side with accessories or upgrades, the factory springs may already be sagging under the added weight. Unlike stock springs that collapse over miles of abuse, MTS springs are R\u0026amp;D tested to hold their rate and shape over the long haul - no sag, no compromise. Easy DIY installation and a lifetime warranty make this one of the most confident suspension upgrades available for the Yamaha YXZ.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Rate Spring Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Utilizes a progressive dual rate setup to maximize suspension capability across varied terrain types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Tuned Per Rider:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each kit is designed to match your machine, driving style, terrain preference, driver\/passenger weight, and tire size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTerrain Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tuned for Mountain Trail, Rock Crawling, or Desert\/Dune riding depending on your needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduces nose diving and bucking for a more planted, predictable feel on aggressive terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncreased Ride Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrects sagging ride height caused by aftermarket accessories and added weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Sag Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e R\u0026amp;D tested springs that will not collapse or lose rate over time, unlike factory springs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowdercoat Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional custom powdercoat in a wide variety of colors including gloss black, white, Can-Am, Polaris colorways, and custom Prismatic Powder options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e All MTS spring kits are backed by a full lifetime warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manufactured domestically to the highest quality standards in the suspension industry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy DIY Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for straightforward at-home installation without specialized tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eModel Options \u0026amp; Which to Choose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2016-2018 YXZ w\/ RC2 Shocks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built specifically for early-generation YXZ models equipped with Fox RC2 shocks. Choose this if your 2016-2018 YXZ came with or has been upgraded to RC2 shock hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2016-2018 YXZ w\/ X2 Shocks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for 2016-2018 YXZ models running Fox X2 shocks. The spring geometry and rates are tailored to the X2 platform for optimal dual rate performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2019+ YXZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered for newer YXZ models from 2019 onward. If you have a current-generation YXZ, this is your kit - tuned to work with the updated suspension architecture of the later model years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease email us at service@omahasportsandgames.com for a delivery ETA or to confirm shipping details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e8 High Quality Dual Rate Springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 Billet Crossover Rings (where applicable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 Spring Dividers \u0026amp; Adapters (where applicable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy You'll Love It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  MTS Off-Road has built a reputation among serious UTV enthusiasts for suspension products that are dialed in, durable, and genuinely rider-specific. This isn't an off-the-shelf spring swap - it's a custom-tuned kit designed around your weight, your terrain, and your machine. Riders who have made the switch consistently report a transformed riding experience, with the YXZ finally performing the way it was meant to on technical trails and wide-open desert runs alike.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n  Built in the USA and backed by a lifetime warranty, the MTS Yamaha YXZ Spring Kit is the kind of upgrade that pays for itself in confidence and performance over the long run. Whether you're a weekend trail rider or a dedicated desert racer, this kit gives you the adjustability and durability that factory suspension simply can't match. For YXZ owners who want to get the most out of every ride, this is the upgrade to make.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-product-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eHow do I know which model to select for my YXZ?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eThe model selection is based on your YXZ's model year and the type of shocks it's running. If you have a 2016-2018 YXZ, you'll need to know whether your shocks are Fox RC2 or Fox X2 units. If you have a 2019 or newer YXZ, simply select the \"2019+ YXZ\" option. If you're unsure which shocks you have, check the shock body for a label or contact us and we can help you identify them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat information do I need to provide when ordering?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eTo get a kit custom tuned for your machine, you'll need to provide your model year, driving style, terrain type, approximate driver and passenger weights, tire size, and any aftermarket weight you've added to the front end, rear end, or inside the wheelbase. This information allows MTS to dial in the correct spring rates for your exact setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCan I install this spring kit myself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - the MTS YXZ Spring Kit is designed for easy DIY installation. No specialized shop equipment is required, and most riders with basic mechanical experience can complete the swap at home. If you have questions during installation, feel free to reach out to us for guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWill this kit work if I've added a lot of aftermarket accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eAbsolutely - in fact, this is one of the most common reasons riders upgrade to the MTS spring kit. Factory springs are not designed to handle the additional weight of bumpers, roofs, sound bars, spare tires, and other accessories. When you provide your aftermarket weight details during ordering, MTS factors that into the custom spring rate so your ride height and handling are properly corrected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eWhat powdercoat options are available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eCustom powdercoat is available as an add-on for the spring kit. You can choose from a wide range of pre-set colors including gloss black, satin black, gloss white, various Polaris and Can-Am branded colorways, and even a fully custom color using Prismatic Powders color codes. You can specify different colors for the front tender spring, front main spring, rear tender spring, and rear main spring independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n  \u003cdetails\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDoes this kit come with a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cp class=\"faq-content\"\u003eYes - all MTS Off-Road spring kits come with a lifetime warranty. This reflects the confidence MTS has in the quality and durability of their springs, which are R\u0026amp;D tested to hold their rate and resist sagging over the life of the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"MTS Off-Road","offers":[{"title":"2016-2018 YXZ w\/ RC2 Shocks","offer_id":56087308665137,"sku":"C2-SK","price":900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016-2018 YXZ w\/ X2 Shocks","offer_id":56087308697905,"sku":"C3-SK","price":900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ YXZ","offer_id":56087308730673,"sku":"C1-SK","price":950.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1724\/7681\/files\/MTS_Off_Road_Spring_Kit_2.png?v=1788365266"}],"url":"https:\/\/omahasportsandgames.com\/collections\/off-road-accessories.oembed?page=3","provider":"Omaha Sports \u0026 Games","version":"1.0","type":"link"}